You are on page 1of 600

Troubleshooting Guide

Fuller Advantage Automated


Transmissions
TRTS0980 EN-US
March 2017
FA(M)-XX810B-EA3
FAO-XX810C-EA3
FAO(M)-XX810C-EA3
FAO(M)-XX810S-EC3
FAO(M)-XX810S-EN3
FAO(M)-XX810S-EP3
TRTS0980 Table of Contents

Table of Contents

General Information Fault Code 25: No Faults Found . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191


Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Fault Code 25 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Suggested Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Fault Code 26: Clutch Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Transmission Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195
Transmission Lamp and Gear Display Descriptions . . .4 Fault Code 27: Clutch Disengagement . . . . . . . . . . . .199
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
Driver Questionnaire Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Fault Code 29: Remote Throttle Enable . . . . . . . . . . .205
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Fault Code 29 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Fault Code 33: Low Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . . . .211
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure . . .16 Fault Code 34: Weak Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . . .219
Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Fault Code 35: J1939 Communication Link . . . . . . . .227
Electrical Pretest Procedures
Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) Identification
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Fault Code 36: J1939 Engine Message . . . . . . . . . . .239
Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Fault Code 37: Power Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247
Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63 Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 Fault Code 41: Range Failed to Engage . . . . . . . . . . .253
Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256
Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .261
Fault Isolation Procedures Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
Fault Code 11: No TECU Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Fault Code 45: Inertia Brake Performance . . . . . . . . .271
Fault Code 11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Fault Code 45 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273
Fault Code 12: Improper TECU Configuration . . . . . . .93
Fault Code 51: Rail Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .275
Fault Code 12 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Fault Code 13: J1939 Shift Control Device . . . . . . . . .97
Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Fault Code 14: Invalid Shift Lever Voltage . . . . . . . . .109
Fault Code 56: Input Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .293
Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
Fault Code 15: HIL Shift Device Communication . . . .121
Fault Code 57: Main Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .301
Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . .309
Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
Fault Code 19: CAN ECA Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331
Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335
Fault Code 21: Auto-Neutral Park Brake Switch . . . .177
Fault Code 64: Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) . . . .343
Fault Code 21 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
Fault Code 64 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346
Fault Code 22: ABS CAN Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181
Fault Code 65: ECA Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353
Fault Code 22 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
Fault Code 65 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .356
Fault Code 23: Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal . . .185
Fault Code 66: ECA Battery Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved i


Table of Contents TRTS0980

Fault Isolation Procedures (Contd) Symptom Isolation Procedures


Fault Code 66 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Start Enable Relay Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Fault Code 67: ECA Ignition Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 J1587 Data Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Fault Code 67 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Fault Code 68: Grade Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Brake Switch Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Fault Code 68 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 Main Case Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Fault Code 71: Unable to Disengage Gear . . . . . . . . . 383 Transmission Not Engaging a Gear From Neutral . . . 557
Fault Code 71 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Transmission Shift Complaint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Fault Code 72: Failed to Select Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Shift Interlock Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Fault Code 72 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Fault Code 73: Failed to Engage Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Appendix
Fault Code 73 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Connector Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Fault Code 74: Engine Speed / Torque Response . . . 407 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Fault Code 74 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Fault Code 75: Power Down in Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Fault Code 75 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Fault Code 76: Neutral Coast Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Fault Code 76 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Fault Code 81: Gear Engagement Detected . . . . . . . . 419
Fault Code 81 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Fault Code 83: Invalid Shift Lever Position . . . . . . . 427
Fault Code 83 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Fault Code 84: Shift Device Not Configured . . . . . . . 431
Fault Code 84 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Fault Code 85: Shift Control Device Incompatible . . . 435
Fault Code 85 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Fault Code 86 (or 16): High Integrity Link
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Fault Code 86 (or 16) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Fault Code 89 (or 19): CAN ECA Message
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Fault Code 89 (or 19) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Fault Code 94 (or 64): Electronic Clutch Actuator
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Fault Code 94 (or 64) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Fault Code 95 (or 65): ECA Speed Sensor
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Fault Code 95 (or 65) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 487
Fault Code 96 (or 66): ECA Battery Voltage
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Fault Code 96 (or 66) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Fault Code 97 (or 67): ECA Ignition Voltage
Gen2 ECA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Fault Code 97 (or 67) Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Fault Code 99: Direction Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Fault Code 99 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514

ii 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Warnings and Cautions

Warnings and Cautions


Warning: Failure to follow indicated procedures creates a When parking the vehicle or leaving the cab:
! high risk of personal injury to the servicing technician.
Place shift lever in neutral.
Caution: Failure to follow indicated procedures may cause
! component damage or malfunction.
Set the parking brake.
Caution: Do not release the parking brake or attempt to
!
Important: Highly recommended procedures for proper ! select a gear until the air pressure is at the correct level.
service of this unit.
Note: Additional service information not covered in the ser- To avoid damage to the transmission during
vice procedure.
towing:
Before starting a vehicle: 1. Place shift lever in neutral.

Ensure adequate fuel level. 2. Lift the drive wheels off of the ground or discon-
nect the driveline.
Sit in the drivers seat.
Place shift lever in neutral.
Set the parking brake.
Do not operate the vehicle if Alternator light is lit or
if gauges indicate low voltage.

Before working on a vehicle or leaving the cab


with engine running:
Ensure ignition is off while hands are within the
clutch housing area.
Place shift lever in neutral.
Set the parking brake.
Chock wheels.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 1


Suggested Tools | General Information TRTS0980

Suggested Tools

Air Gauges PC-Based Service Tool


2 (0100) PSI Air Gauges ServiceRanger
1 (0150) PSI Air Gauges Contact Eaton: 1 (800) 826-4357

Eaton Test Adapter Kit 6-Pin Deutsch Diagnostic Adapter


Roadranger Pin Out Adapter Jumper Kit SPX / Kent-Moore 1 (800) 328-6657
P/N RR1009HY P/N J-38500-60A

Volt/Ohm Meter 9-Pin Deutsch Diagnostic Adapter


Digital Auto-Ranging Volt/Ohm Meter SPX / Kent-Moore 1 (800) 328-6657

P/N J-44012

Service Publications
Publication Title

TRSM0980 Fuller Advantage Transmission Service Manual

TRDR0980 Fuller Advantage Transmission Driver Instructions

TCMT0072 ServiceRanger 4 Users Guide

TCMT0073 ServiceRanger 4 Quick Start Guide

TCMT0020 Eaton Approved Lubricant Suppliers

TCWY0900 Eaton Warranty Guide

CLSM0200 Heavy-Duty Clutch Service Manual

For more information, call 1 (800) 826-HELP (4357).

K-Line: 1 (800) 824-5546

2 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Transmission Models

Transmission Models

FAOM-14810S-EC3, FAOM-15810S-EC3 FAOM-15810S-EP3, FAO-16810S-EP3

FAOM-15810S-EN3

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 3


Transmission Lamp and Gear Display Descriptions | General Information TRTS0980

Transmission Lamp and Gear Display Descriptions

Overview Gear Display Descriptions


All Fuller Advantage transmission systems utilize a service
lamp that can be illuminated when certain system failures
are detected. The service lamp may be part of the Shift Solid N in Gear Display
Device or may be a separate light in the vehicle dash.

Additionally, Fuller Advantage transmission systems utilize


a gear display that indicates the current state of the trans- Indicates that the transmission is currently in Neutral.
mission. The gear display may be an integral part of the
vehicle dash, or may be a separate dash mounted display.
Flashing F in Gear Display
This procedure describes the possible states of the service
lamp and gear display.

Lamp Descriptions Indicates that the transmission has detected an Active fault
code. This fault code can be accessed with the Ser-
viceRanger diagnostic software. See Fault Code Isolation
Transmission Service Lamp Procedure Index on page 14.
The Transmission Service Lamp is usually a red light that
reads Service. However, on some chassis an amber trans-
mission icon or Check Trans light may be substituted for
Double Stars * * in Gear Display
the red Service Lamp. It may be located on the Push Button
Shift Control, Shift Lever, or in the vehicle dash. The Trans-
mission Service Lamp is commanded on and off by the
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) via a direct Indicates that the gear display is receiving no communica-
wire, J1939, or the High Integrity Link (HIL). tion over the data link. The gear display may communicate
over the J1939 or J1587 data link depending upon the spe-
Under normal conditions, the Service Lamp lights cific display type. See Diagnostic Procedure on page 11. If
momentarily at key-on as part of the TECU self-test. no problem is found, troubleshoot the gear display connec-
tion to the J1939 or J1587 data link per OEM guidelines.
A continuously flashing Service Lamp indicates a
currently Active fault code. However, not all fault
codes will turn on the Service Lamp. Double Dashes - - in Gear Display
A Service Lamp that is continuously illuminated
indicates a failure of the TECU.

Indicates that the gear display has lost communication with


Hill Start Aid (HSA) Lamp the TECU over the data link. The gear display may commu-
The Hill Start Aid (HSA) lamp flashes when the Hill Start Aid nicate over the J1939 or J1587 data link depending upon
is turned off. The Hill Start Aid (HSA) defaults to the On the specific display type. See Diagnostic Procedure on page
position. In Heavy-Duty Fuller Advantage models, HSA can 11. If no problem is found, troubleshoot the gear display
be turned Off by pressing and releasing the HSA Switch. connection to the J1939 or J1587 data link per OEM guide-
lines.

4 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Transmission Lamp and Gear Display Descriptions

Blank Gear Display ST in Gear Display

Indicates that the gear display has lost power or has lost Indicates that the driver has recorded a Driver Triggered
communication with the TECU over the data link. See Diag- Snapshot. Snapshot is a diagnostic tool used to capture
nostic Procedure on page 11. If no problem is found, trou- specific data at the time an event is happening. This data
bleshoot the gear display power and ground supply per should be collected and reviewed at the direction of Eaton.
OEM guidelines.
To collect a Driver Triggered Snapshot:

PD in Gear Display 1. Drive or operate vehicle and attempt to duplicate


the shift complaint.
Important: The purpose of this test is to duplicate the
! complaint and set a fault code or capture a driver trig-
Indicates that the transmission is in Product Diagnostic gered snapshot of the event happening.
(PD) Mode. See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
2. If the shift complaint is duplicated, capture a Driver
Triggered Snapshot of the event by performing the
CA in Gear Display procedure below:
Place the transmission shift device into Low
(L) mode and quickly depress the upshift
button twice.
Indicates that a clutch abuse event is occurring.
Important: Capturing the driver triggered snapshot is
! time sensitive; for the best results, perform this
AN in Gear Display sequence immediately after the symptom occurs.
3. The transmission will set a tone and the letters
ST will appear in the display if the Snapshot is
captured.
Indicates that the transmission is currently in Auto Neutral.
4. If the Snapshot was initiated while driving, return
the transmission shift device to the mode that was
GI in Gear Display selected prior to initiating the Snapshot.
Note: The Driver Triggered Snapshot data can be
retrieved with ServiceRanger and sent to Eaton for
review.
Indicates that the clutch released bearing will need to be
greased soon. See the Heavy-Duty Clutch Service Manual 1. Key off and allow the transmission to perform a
(CLSM0200). complete power down.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by creating a Ser-
vice Activity Report and select Send to Eaton.

5. Contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for review.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 5


Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode | General Information TRTS0980

Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode


PD Mode is used to diagnose Inactive fault codes that may 2. Perform two key cycles of the ignition switch
have set during normal operation. This diagnostic mode starting in the on position and ending in the on
increases the fault sensing capability of the transmission position.
system, making it more likely to detect intermittent 2X
OFF
electrical or wiring issues. The PD Mode procedure tests
loose, degraded and intermittent connections. ON

When troubleshooting an Inactive fault code, use the Fault START

Isolation Procedures to guide you to the wiring and OFF


connectors associated with that fault. Once PD Mode is ON
activated, flex the wiring harness and connectors to attempt
to recreate the fault. START

This procedure may be used prior to performing any Note: The gear display may flash a 88 at key on,
troubleshooting or as directed by a Fault Isolation which is a normal power-up test of the display.
Procedure. PD Mode may be used to troubleshoot
intermittent electrical fault issues when there are no Active
fault codes present.

! Important: The vehicle will not start in PD Mode. You must


turn vehicle key off, and allow the transmission to fully
power down to exit PD Mode before the vehicle will start. The gear display will flash a 25. Then a solid
PD to indicate that the transmission has entered
PD Mode Inactive Fault Codes PD Mode.
The following is a list of fault codes that work with PD
Mode:

13, 14, 15, 16 (86), 17, 19 (89), 22, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, 43,
44, 46, 51, 52, 56, 57, 58, 61, 63, 65 (95), 66 (96), 67 (97)
and 99.

Exiting PD Mode
Entering PD Mode
Turn the ignition key off. Allow the transmission to
Note: Vehicle must have no Active fault codes. completely power down.
Note: Vehicle must be stationary, engine off with vehicle Note: The transmission must exit PD Mode before the
parking brake set. engine can be started again. The transmission will no
longer show PD in the gear display when it has exited
1. Turn the ignition on and allow the transmission to
PD Mode.
fully power up. Verify the transmission is in
Neutral.

OFF

ON

START

6 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

Troubleshooting Using PD Mode


Flex the wiring harness and connector bodies
appropriate for the intermittent fault condition
while the transmission is in PD Mode.
PD will remain in gear display until an Active fault
code has been set during the PD Mode fault
isolation procedure.
If an Active fault code is set during PD Mode, the
gear display will display the Active fault code(s). A
warning tone will sound when the fault code is
Active. The fault code will continue to be shown in
the gear display, even if Inactive, until the
transmission has powered down.
Fault codes that occur in PD Mode will not be
stored in the TECU as Inactive fault codes.

Identifying a Problem in PD Mode


Identify any areas of wear or damage to wiring
harnesses or connectors.
If a fault occurs while flexing a connector, exit PD
Mode. Disconnect the connector and inspect both
sides for damage, corrosion and spread or loose
pins.
Refer to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
on page 14 for the troubleshooting procedures for
a specific fault code.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 7


Driver Questionnaire Overview | General Information TRTS0980

Driver Questionnaire Overview

Overview
The Driver Questionnaire is used to document vehicle
symptoms that may be critical to the diagnosis or repair of
the transmission system.

The questionnaire should be completed by a driver that


experienced the specific vehicle symptoms pertaining to
this repair. The Driver Questionnaire can be printed from
this Troubleshooting Guide or is available as document
RRCC0015 on roadranger.com.

Note: Note: A firsthand account of the symptoms may offer


specific details that are critical to the repair.

8 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Driver Questionnaire Overview

Driver Questionnaire
Fleet: Fleet Unit # Date:

Fax to 269-746-6965
Dealer: RO # Email to auto.rtw@eaton.com
1. Describe what happened (report any observations not captured below):

2. If problem happens when first turning the key, on skip to question #8.

3. Does engine RPM rev up and down a few times in an effort to make a shift? Yes No Dont NA
Know

If Yes:
a. What gears is the transmission trying to shift? Circle any that apply or describe.
1-2 4-5 5-6 6-7 9-10 10-11 11-12 17-18

b. Does the transmission eventually make the shift? Yes No Dont NA


Know

c. Does the transmission shift back into the gear it is trying to shift out of? Yes No Dont NA
Know

If No:
a. What gears does the transmission stick in? Circle one or more below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

b. Are you able to go to Manual mode and make the transmission shift? Yes No Dont NA
Know

4. Do you have to stop the truck when the problem happens? Yes No Dont NA
Know

5. Does the transmission find neutral? Yes No Dont NA


Know

6. Do you have to shut the truck off in gear? Yes No Dont NA


Know

7. Does the transmission find neutral after turning the key back on? Yes No Dont NA
Know

8. Does the engine start with the key? Yes No Dont NA


Know
9. What is in the gear display when the problem happens? Circle one or more below.
- Single dash - - Double dash Flashing gear number Solid gear number flashing F Down arrows Up arrows Flashing CA Blank display

10. Does the transmission service, check engine or anti-lock brake light come on when the problem happens? Trans Check ABS None
Service Engine

11. Does the problem happen when the transmission is cold, hot or both? Cold Hot Both NA

12. Does the problem happen when operating in wet weather, dry weather or both? Wet Dry Both NA

13. How many times a day, week or month does the problem happen? Number of times _________ Day Week Month NA

14. How long has the truck had the problem? First Past 2 Past Several
Time weeks Month Months

15. How long have you been driving this truck? Days Weeks Months Years

16. List any known problems the truck has had in the past: Circle one or more below or describe known problem.
Engine Transmission Cooling system OEM electrical ABS (truck) ABS (trailer) Accident Flood damage Lightning strike

17. How long has it been since any known problems listed above happened? First Past 2 Past Several
Time weeks Month Months

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 9


Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index | General Information TRTS0980

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index


Electrical Pretest Procedures Symptom Page #

Power-up Sequence Test Transmission fails to power up at ignition page 23

Electrical Pretest Basic test of vehicle electrical system page 23

Isolation Procedures Symptom Page #

Start Enable Relay Contact Test Engine cranking issues without any fault codes page 515

J1587 Data Link Test No J1587 communication page 529

J1939 Data Link Test No J1939 communication page 535

Brake Switch Functionality Test Brake and Park Switch input communication page 545

Main Case Control Test Gear display shows a dash - page 547

Transmission Not Engaging a Gear From Neutral Test Transmission does not engage a gear from neutral page 557

Transmission Shift Complaint Test Shift complaint exists without any fault codes page 570

Shift Interlock Inspection Slow or incomplete shifts page 575

10 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
Purpose: Document the vehicle symptoms and de- Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A termine if the engine will crank. C
1. Document the vehicle symptoms by completing the 1. Key on with engine off.
Driver Questionnaire on page 8.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by creating a
3. Attempt to start the engine. Service Activity Report within ServiceRanger.
Select Send to Eaton.
If engine does not crank, go to Step B.
4. Update transmission and ECA software to latest
If engine cranks, go to Step D.
available level.
! Caution: To avoid damaging the TECU, use an
Eaton-approved communications adapter and
ensure all satellite systems are disabled before
updating software.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
Purpose: Observe gear display.
B If Active fault codes are present, go to Step H.
If no Active fault codes are present, perform
1. Key on with engine off. the Main Case Control Test on page 547.
2. Observe gear display.
If F or - (1 dash) appears in gear display,
go to Step C.
If - - (2 dashes) or * * (2 stars) appears in
gear display, perform the Power-Up Sequence
Test. Reference the Electronic Clutch Actuator
Purpose: Confirm transmission engages a gear
(ECA) Identification Overview on page 23.
D from neutral.
If gear display is blank, perform the Power-Up
Sequence Test. Reference the Electronic Clutch
Actuator (ECA) Identification Overview on page 1. Attempt to engage a gear from neutral.
23. If transmission engages a gear, go to Step E.
If N, appears in gear display perform the If transmission does not engage gear and the
Start Enable Contact Test on page 515. gear display shows a solid number, perform
the Main Case Control Test on page 547.
If transmission does not engage gear and the
gear display shows anything else, perform the
Transmission Not Engaging a Gear From Neu-
tral Test on page 557.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 11


Diagnostic Procedure | General Information TRTS0980

Purpose: Operate vehicle and attempt to recreate Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
E vehicle symptom. G
1. Drive or operate vehicle and attempt to set a fault 1. Key on with engine off.
code or duplicate the previous complaint.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
If a problem is duplicated, go to Step F.
3. Retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by creating a
If no problem is duplicated, go to Step G. Service Activity Report within ServiceRanger.
Select Send to Eaton.
4. Update transmission and ECA software to latest
available level.
! Caution: To avoid damaging the TECU, use an
Eaton-approved communications adapter and
ensure all satellite systems are disabled before
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. updating software.
F 5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
1. Key on with engine off.
If fault codes are present, go to Step H.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes are present, no problem was
3. Retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by creating a identified, Test Complete. If additional trouble-
Service Activity Report within ServiceRanger. shooting support is required, contact Eaton at
Select Send to Eaton. (800) 826-4357.
4. Update transmission and ECA software to latest
available level.
! Caution: To avoid damaging the TECU, use an
Eaton-approved communications adapter and
ensure all satellite systems are disabled before
updating software.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
If fault codes are present, go to Step H.
If no fault codes are present, match the vehicle
symptoms from the test drive and Driver
Questionnaire to the Symptom-Driven Diag-
nostics Index on page 10.

12 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Diagnostic Procedure

Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.


H
1. Determine which fault code to troubleshoot first by
using the priority index below (with 1 highest prior-
ity and 4 least priority).
- Priority 1: 11, 12, 81, 84, 85, 99
- Priority 2: 15, 16 (86), 19 (89), 26, 27, 33, 34, 35,
36, 37, 61, 63, 66 (96), 67 (97), 74, 76
- Priority 3: 13, 14, 17, 21, 22, 29, 43, 44, 46, 51,
52, 56, 57, 58, 64 (94), 65 (95), 68, 83
- Priority 4: 41, 42, 45, 71, 72, 73
Troubleshoot the fault code with the highest
priority level. If more than one fault code
within a level applies, troubleshoot Active fault
codes before Inactive fault codes.
If only Inactive fault codes are present, trou-
bleshoot the fault code that has the highest
occurrence count or most recent timestamp.
If no fault codes are found, match the vehicle
symptom to the appropriate item in the Symp-
tom-Driven Diagnostics Index on page 10.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 13


Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0980

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index


Page
Fault Code SPN PID SID FMI Description
Number
11 629 254 12 No TECU operation page 89
12 629 254 13 Improper TECU configuration page 93
13 751 231 8, 11 J1939 Shift Control device page 97
14 751 18 2, 4, 5 Invalid Shift Lever voltage page 109
14 752 19 2, 4, 5, 14 Invalid Shift Lever voltage page 109
15 751 18 9 HIL Shift Device communication page 121
16 625 248 2 High Integrity Link page 131
17 1321 237 3, 4, 14 Start Enable Relay page 151
19 520273 248 9 CAN ECA message page 165
21 70 70 14 Auto-Neutral Park Brake Switch page 177
22 563 49 9, 14 ABS CAN message page 181
23 116 31 Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal page 185
23 521 13 Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal page 185
23 520215 14 Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal page 185
25 629 254 1 No faults found page 191
26 522 55 10 Clutch slip page 193
27 522 55 7 Clutch disengagement page 199
29 969 372 4, 5 Remote throttle enable page 205
33 168 168 4 Low battery voltage supply page 211
34 168 168 14 Weak battery voltage supply page 219
35 639 231 2 J1939 communication link page 227
36 639 231 14 J1939 engine message page 239
37 627 251 5 Power supply page 247
41 768 35 7 Range failed to engage page 253
41 769 36 7 Range failed to engage page 253
43 768 35 3, 4, 5 Range High Solenoid Valve page 261
43 769 36 3, 4, 5 Range Low Solenoid Valve page 261
45 787 54 7 Inertia Brake performance page 271
51 60 60 2, 3, 4, 10, 11 Rail Position Sensor page 275
52 59 59 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, 11 Gear Position Sensor page 283
56 161 161 2, 3, 4, 5 Input Shaft Speed Sensor page 293
57 160 160 2, 3, 4, 5 Main Shaft Speed Sensor page 301
58 191 191 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11 Output Shaft Speed Sensor page 309
61 772 39 1, 5, 6, 12 Rail Motor Circuit page 319
63 773 40 1, 5, 6, 12 Gear Motor Circuit page 331
64 788 34 2, 7, 12 Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) page 343

14 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Page
Fault Code SPN PID SID FMI Description
Number
65 5052 190 2, 5 ECA Speed Sensor page 353
66 520271 34 3, 4 ECA Battery Voltage page 363
67 520274 158 3, 4 ECA Ignition Voltage page 371
68 520321 227 13, 14 Grade Sensor page 379
71 560 60 7 Unable to disengage gear page 383
72 772 59 7 Failed to select rail page 391
73 781 58 7 Failed to engage gear page 399
74 518 93 7 Engine torque response fault page 419
74 898 190 7 Engine speed response fault page 419
74 639 12, 13 Shift Quality page 419
75 560 60 14 Power down in gear page 411
76 639 11, 31 Neutral Coast Mode page 413
81 780 47 7 Gear engagement detected page 419
83 751 18 14 Invalid Shift Lever position page 427
84 751 18 13 Shift device not configured page 431
85 751 18 12 Shift Control device incompatible page 435
86 2 High Integrity Link Gen2 ECA page 439
89 9 CAN ECA Message Gen2 ECA page 459
94 2, 7, 12 Electronic Clutch Actuator Gen2 ECA page 473
95 2, 3, 4, 5 ECA Speed Sensor Gen2 ECA page 483
96 3, 4 ECA Battery Voltage Gen2 ECA page 495
97 3, 4 ECA Ignition Voltage Gen2 ECA page 505
99 781 58 12, 14 Direction mismatch page 513

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 15


Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0980

Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure


Overview Possible Causes
This is a set of recommendations for how to troubleshoot
Various Wires
potential wiring issues in the vehicle. These issues may be
resident in the Transmission Harness, Vehicle Harness, - Wiring Shorted to ground, shorted to power
Power Supply Harnesses or other ancillary wiring, depend- or open
ing upon the fault code or condition that is taking place.
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
When troubleshooting wiring, consider that wiring failures
can be continuous, intermittent or there may be no failure - Missing or failed connector seals
of the wiring at all.
- Wiring damaged, pinched or rubbed through
This procedure describes a visual inspection of wiring and
connectors and how to use a volt/ohm meter to inspect for
open circuits, short circuits to other wires, and short cir-
cuits to ground. Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode is a wig-
gle-wire test that can be used to detect intermittent open
circuit and short circuit conditions that exist while a wire is
being moved or flexed. Instructions for PD Mode are
included on page 6.

16 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Visual Inspection 5. Reset the volt/ohm meter to zero before testing by


holding the leads together and verifying that the
1. Make sure all connectors are clean and tight. scale shows zero ohms.
2. Inspect the length of the wiring between connec- 6. Use the correct pin test adapter for the connec-
tions and look for signs of pinched or chafed wir- tor(s) that are being tested. Incorrect test lead sizes
ing. may cause permanent damage to connector pins.
3. When taking a volt/ohm meter reading, inspect for 7. When measuring resistance, be sure that the igni-
loose terminals, corrosion and bent or spread pins. tion is off and the circuit is completely powered
Note: If damage is found to the Transmission Harness, down.
it is recommended that the harness be replaced.
Inspect the mating connector for damage and replace,
if appropriate. If damage is found to OEM wiring, refer
Example Voltage Readings
to OEM guide-lines for replacement of wiring and con-
nectors. Voltage Reading
Verify the voltage measurement is within range. Low volt-
4. Inspect connectors for debris and contamination. If age readings may be a sign of poor voltage supply or exces-
needed, clean connector and contacts only with an
sive in-line resistance. Pay close attention to whether the
Eaton approved contact and connector fluid.
reading requires a key-on or key-off condition.
5. When reconnecting, Eaton recommends the use of
NyoGel 760G on electrical contacts. Make sure all B C
connectors are clean and tight.

! Important: To avoid damaging the TECU, use an


Eaton-approved communications adapter and
ensure all satellite systems are disabled before
updating software. B C

Use PD Mode for Intermittent Issues


1. If there are no Active fault codes, use Product Diag-
nostic (PD) Mode to diagnose intermittent wiring
or connection issues.
2. PD Mode allows the user to test loose, degraded or
intermittent connection issues using a wiggle wire
test. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. See Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6 for
instructions for using PD Mode. Within 0.6 V of
B to C 12.5 V
Battery Voltage
Recommendations for Using a Volt/Ohm Meter
1. Use a quality digital auto-ranging volt/ohm meter.
2. When using a volt/ohm meter without auto-ranging
capabilities, use the correct range setting for the
reading.
3. Verify that the battery and fuse are in good working
order.
4. Some volt/ohm meters have multiple sockets for
test leads. Use the correct socket for the type of
reading you need.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 17


Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0980

Example Circuit Continuity Readings Open Circuit


The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
infinite or Open Lead (OL). In cases where resistance read-
Circuit has Continuity ings are greater than 10k ohms, the circuit has some conti-
The circuit is complete when the resistance reading is
nuity, but is not making good contact. These can generally
within range. A circuit reading infinite resistance or Open be treated as an open circuit.
Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
8 7
8 7

8 7
8 7

Pins Range Reading(s)


Pins Range Reading(s)
7 to 8 2.0k 4.5k ohms OL
7 to 8 2.0k 4.5k ohms 3.2k ohms

18 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Example End to End Resistance End to End Resistance is Too High


When the resistance is higher than the acceptable range
there is additional resistance in this wire. Check for corro-
End to End Resistance is Within Range sion, loose or spread pins or damage to the harness.
The wire has continuity when the resistance reading is
within range. A wire reading infinite resistance or Open 7
Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
7 1

7 1

7 1

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 1 0.0 0.3 ohms 2.0 ohms


Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 1 0.0 0.3 ohms 0.2 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 19


Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0980

Open Circuit Short Circuit to Chassis Ground


The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
infinite or Open Lead (OL). Check for wire abrasions, cuts,
loose or spread pins and unseated connectors.
Short to Ground
A wire is shorted to ground when the resistance between a
7 non-ground wire and chassis ground shows continuity.
Low resistance values (near 0 ohms) indicate a direct short
to ground. Higher resistance values may indicate a par-
1
tial-short.
7

7 1

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 1 0.0 0.3 ohms OL

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms

20 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

No Short to Ground Short to Another Circuit


The wire is not shorted to ground when the resistance
between a non-ground wire and chassis ground is infinite
or Open Lead (OL). This wire has no continuity to chassis
Two Circuits Shorted Together
When wires from two unrelated circuits show continuity
ground.
(low resistance) to one another, these circuits are shorted
7 together.
15 7

15 7

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) OL


Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 21


Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0980

Two Circuits Not Shorted Together


When wires from the two unrelated circuits show an infinite
resistance or Open Lead (OL) between one another, these
wires are not shorted together.

15 7

15 7

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) OL

22 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) Identification Overview

Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) Identification Overview

Power-Up Sequence Electrical Pretest


This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission This procedure provides a basic test of the vehicle electrical
system fails to fully power up at ignition on. system. A well-functioning electrical supply is required for
proper operation of the Fuller Advantage transmission.
Check ECA OEM Power Supply Connector to determine if
vehicle is equipped with a Gen1 or Gen2 ECA. Check ECA OEM Power Supply Connector to determine if
vehicle is equipped with a Gen1 or Gen2 ECA.
Gen1 ECA
Gen1 ECA

1
1

1. 3-Way ECA Connector


1. 3-Way ECA Connector
If equipped with a Gen1 ECA, reference the Power-Up
Sequence Gen1 ECA on page 25. If equipped with a Gen1 ECA, reference the
Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA on page 63.
Gen2 ECA
Gen2 ECA

1. 2-Way ECA Connector

If equipped with a 2-Way ECA connector, reference the 1. 2-Way ECA Connector
Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA on page 44
If equipped with a 2-Way ECA connector, reference the
Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA on page 76

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 23


Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) Identification Overview | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

24 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA


Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission Vehicle Power Supply Wiring
system fails to fully power up at ignition on.
- Poor power or ground supply to TECU
Detection - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wires grounded, open or shorted
Gear Display may be blank. Vehicle Batteries
Gear Display may show double dashes - -. - Internal failure
Gear Display may show double stars * *. Transmission Harness
Engine may not crank. - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Transmission will not engage a gear from neutral. - Wires grounded, open or shorted
High Integrity Link (HIL)
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wires grounded open or shorted
TECU
- Internal Failure

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 25


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3
2

1 4

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 8-Way Shift Lever Connector (In Cab)
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

26 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

2
3
3

1. ECA Shield
2. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
3. 8-Way ECA Connector
4. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control (PBSC) Connector (In Cab)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 27


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

2 1
36 38 25 23 35

1 15
2 17
3 25
4 31
5 Dash Lights
6 23
7 14
8 16

J3 25
C1 31
F2 27
F1 28
B3 Dimmer

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 8-Way Vehicle Harness Shift Lever Connector
4. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC) Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

25 A
17 B
31 C

2 2
1 1

1 2
3
F
G
E
C
B 29
A 30
H 13

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
3. 8-Way ECA Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 29


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B batteries and the Transmission Harness 4-Way
Diagnostic Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 2. Key on with engine off.

3. Inspect starter, battery terminals and transmission 3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the Battery
30-amp In-line Fuse Holder Connections for corro- Negative post.
sion, loose terminals and bent or spread pins.
4. Visually inspect Vehicle Harness between the
power supply and the TECU for signs of rubbing or
chafing to the wiring.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery. C
C

5. Verify that the battery voltage meets specifications


for battery voltage.
If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step B.
If readings are in range, go to Step C.
If no damage is found and the battery voltage
is out of range, refer to OEM guidelines for If readings are out of range, repair battery
repair or replacement of batteries. Repeat test. ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If no damage is found and the battery voltage


is in range, go to Step B.
Pins Range Reading(s)

C to Battery 0.7 V or less


Battery Voltage
Ground

30 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU.
C the Transmission Harness 4-Way Diagnostic D
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
2. Key on with engine off. from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C. 3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage and
loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 (Battery Positive) and Pin 36 (Battery Negative).
Record reading(s) in table.

38 36

B C
B C

If readings are in range, go to Step F.


If readings are out of range, go to Step D.

38 36
Pins Range Reading(s)

B to C Within 0.6 V of
Battery Voltage 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step E.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of power
and ground wring between the batteries and
38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the
TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 0.6 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 31


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

6. Measure resistance between Pin B and ground.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to Record reading(s) in table.
E ground of service battery voltage circuits between
the TECU and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU.
B
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
B
4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
31 If readings are out of range, replace
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

C
Pins Range Reading(s)

31 C 31 to C 0.00.3 Ohms

17 to B 0.00.3 Ohms

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin B. B to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

17

17 B

32 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the Purpose: Verify ignition voltage at the TECU.
F Transmission Harness 4-Way Diagnostic G
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C. Record from TECU.
reading(s) in table.
3. Inspect Connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.

A 4. Key on with engine off.


5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
35 (Ignition Positive) and Pin 36 (Battery Negative).
Record reading(s) in table.

C 36 35
A C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, go to Step G.

35 36
Pins Range Reading(s)

A to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage 6. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of ignition voltage supply
to TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

35 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 33


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
H ground of service ignition circuit between the TECU
and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals. 25 to A 0.00.3 Ohms

4. Measure resistance between Pin 25 and Pin A. A to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

25
A

Purpose: Identify if the vehicle is equipped with a


I Shift Lever or Push Button for a Driver Interface
Device.

25 A 1. Is the vehicle equipped with a Shift Lever or a Push


Button Driver Interface Device?
If the vehicle is equipped with a Push Button,
5. Measure resistance between Pin A and ground. go to Step J.
Record reading(s) in table. If the vehicle is equipped with a Shift Lever, go
to Step N.

34 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Identify if the Push Button is an Eaton Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift
J built device or an OEM built J1939 device. L Control Device.

1. Is the Push Button an OEM-built J1939 device or 1. Key off.


an Eaton built device?
2. Disconnect the 30-Way Shift Control Connector.
If the vehicle is equipped with an Eaton built
3. Key on with engine off.
Push Button, go to Step K.
4. Measure voltage between 30-Way Shift Control
If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM J1939
Harness Pin C1 and Pin J3. Record reading(s) in
device, contact the OEM for diagnostic instruc-
table.
tions on how to verify that it is receiving
proper power supply at key on. When verified,
go to Step Y.
C1

J3

Purpose: Observe the Service Light during the


K key-on power up.
C1 J3

1. Key off. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- If readings are in range, replace Shift Control.
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- go to Step V.
ceeding.
If readings are out of range, go to Step M.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Observe Service Light during the key on sequence.
Pins Range Reading(s)
If the Service Light illuminates for 1 second,
then turns off, go to Step Y. C1 to J3 Within 1.2 V of
If the Service Light never illuminates, go to Battery Voltage
Step L.
If the Service Light is on constantly, replace
the TECU. Go to Step V.
If the Service Light flashes, pull fault codes
with ServiceRanger and troubleshoot the
Active fault code per the Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 35


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


Purpose: Verify continuity of OEM PBSC power ness Connector Pin 25 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
M supply wiring between TECU and PBSC. tor Pin J3. Record reading(s) in table.

1. Key off. 25

2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


from TECU.
25
3. Inspect 38-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
J3
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 31 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
tor Pin C1. Record reading(s) in table. 25 J3

31
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
C1 If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Vehicle Harness wiring between the TECU
and Shift Control per OEM guidelines. Go to
Step V.
31 C1

Pins Range Reading(s)

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- 31 to C1 00.3 ohms


ness Connector Pin 31 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 31 to ground Open Circuit (OL)

25 to J3 00.3 ohms
31

31

36 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Identify if the Shift Lever is an Eaton built Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift
N device or an OEM built device. P Lever.

1. Is the Shift Lever an OEM-built device or an Eaton 1. Key off.


built device?
2. Disconnect the 8-Way Shift Lever Connector.
If the vehicle is equipped with an Eaton built
3. Key on with engine off.
Shift Lever, go to Step O.
4. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM built
ness Connector Pin 4 and Pin 3. Record reading(s)
Shift Lever, go to Step U.
in table.

4 3

Purpose: Observe the Service Light during the


O key-on power up.

1. Key off. 4 3

! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-


form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
ceeding.
If readings are in range, go to Step Q.
2. Key on with engine off.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
3. Observe Service Light during the key on sequence. wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
If the Service Light illuminates for 1 second, OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
then turns off, go to Step Y.
If the Service Light never illuminates, go to
Pins Range Reading(s)
Step P.
If the Service Light is on constantly, go to Step 4 to 3 Within 1.2 V of
S. Battery Voltage
If the Service Light flashes, pull fault codes
with ServiceRanger and troubleshoot the
Active fault code per the Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 37


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Measure the Service Light voltage supply Purpose: Verify continuity of ground path from
Q at the Shift Lever. R TECU to Shift Lever.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. ceeding.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 6 and Pin 3 while turning the 3. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever
key on. Record reading(s) in table. Harness Connector Pin 3 and 38-Way Connector
Pin 25. Record reading(s) in table.

3
25
3

6 3

25 3
4. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step R.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace 4. Compare reading(s) in table.
wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V. If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
Pins Range Reading(s) wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
6 to 3 (first sec- Within 2.0 V of
ond after key on) Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)
6 to 3 (after 1 Less than 1.5 V
second) 25 to 3 00.3 ohms

38 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Measure the Service Light voltage supply Purpose: Verify the Service Light is not shorted to
S at the Shift Lever. T power.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed- complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing. ing.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 6 and Pin 3 while turning the 3. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever
key on. Record reading(s) in table. Harness Connector Pin 4 and Pin 6. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

3
4

6
6

6 3
4 6

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


4. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step Y.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
If readings are out of range, go to Step T.
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
Pins Range Reading(s) wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
6 to 3 (first sec- Within 2.0 V of
ond after key on) Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)
6 to 3 (after 1 Less than 1.5 V
second) 4 to 6 Open Circuit (OL)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 39


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Observe the Transmission Service Lamp Purpose: Verify continuity of Service Lamp voltage
U in the display during the key-on power-up. W path from TECU to Service Lamp.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. ceeding.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness at the TECU.
3. Observe the transmission Service Lamp in the vehi- Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
cle dash. views to identify the Service Light Power and
Ground Pins at the Service Lamp in the dash.
Note: The transmission Service Lamp is OEM spe-
cific. See OEM for the specific style of transmission 3. Inspect wiring between the TECU and Service Lamp
Service Lamp used for a particular chassis. for signs of rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
If the transmission Service Lamp illuminates 4. Inspect connector bodies for corrosion, damage
for 1 second, then turns off, go to Step Y. and loose, spread or bent terminals.
If the transmission Service Lamp never illumi- 5. Contact the OEM to perform the following tests:
nates, go to Step X. - Verify that the wiring between the TECU and the
If the transmission Service Lamp is on con- Service Lamp is wired per OEM specifications.
stantly, go to Step W. - Verify the wiring is not shorted to power.

If the transmission Service Lamp flashes, pull Note: The transmission sends a voltage to the
fault codes with ServiceRanger and trouble- 38-Way Vehicle Harness Pin 23 to light the Service
shoot the Active fault code per Fault Code Iso- Lamp. The OEM is responsible for supplying the
lation Procedure Index on page 14. Service Lamp ground.
Note: Some OEM chassis use a switched ground to
control the Service Lamp, rather than the switched
voltage that the TECU is sending. Those chassis
may use a relay, or another technique, to replace
the TECU Service Lamp output voltage with a
ground signal.
If any issues are found with the OEM wiring,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of vehicle wiring. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

40 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Verify continuity of Service Light wiring


X between TECU and Service Lamp.

1. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness at the TECU.
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
views to identify the Service Light Power and
Ground Pins at the Service Lamp in the dash.
3. Inspect wiring between the TECU and Service Lamp
for signs of rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
4. Inspect connector bodies for corrosion, damage
and loose, spread or bent terminals.
5. Contact the OEM to perform the following tests:
- Verify that the wiring between the TECU and the
Service Lamp is wired per OEM specifications.
- Verify the wiring is not open or shorted to
ground.
- Verify a proper ground path is supplied to the
Service Lamp.
Note: The transmission sends a voltage to the
38-Way Vehicle Harness Pin 23 to light the Service
Lamp. The OEM is responsible for supplying the
Service Lamp ground.
Note: Some OEM chassis use a switched ground to
control the Service Lamp, rather than the switched
voltage that the TECU is sending. Those chassis
may use a relay, or another technique, to replace
the TECU Service Lamp output voltage with a
ground signal.
If any issues are found with the OEM wiring,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of vehicle wiring. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 41


Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Measure the ignition supply to the ECA at Purpose: Verify repair.
Y key on. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 8-Way Transmission Harness Connec- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
tor at the ECA. nents are properly installed.
3. Inspect 8-Way Connector body for damage and 3. Key on with engine off.
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
5. Measure voltage between 8-Way Transmission Har- duplicate the previous complaint.
ness Connector Pin H and ground. Record read-
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
ing(s) in table.
If no fault codes set Active during the test drive
and vehicle operates properly, test complete.
If a fault code is set Active during the test
drive, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.
If no fault codes set Active and the vehicle
complaint is duplicated, contact Eaton at (800)
826-4357 for further diagnostics.
H
H

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, test complete. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

H to Ground Within 0.6 V of


Battery Voltage

42 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen1 ECA

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 43


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA


Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission Vehicle Power Supply Wiring
system fails to fully power up at ignition on.
- Poor power or ground supply to TECU
Detection - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wires grounded, open or shorted
Gear Display may be blank. Vehicle Batteries
Gear Display may show double dashes - -. - Internal failure
Gear Display may show double stars * *. Transmission Harness
Engine may not crank. - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Transmission will not engage a gear from neutral. - Wires grounded, open or shorted
High Integrity Link (HIL)
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wires grounded open or shorted
TECU
- Internal Failure

44 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

Component Identification

2 3

1 4

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 8-Way Shift Lever Connector (In Cab)
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 45


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

2 3
3

1. ECA Shield
2. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
3. 8-Way ECA Connector
4. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control (PBSC) Connector (In Cab)

46 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

2 1
36 38 25 23 35

1 15
2 17
3 25
4 31
5 Dash Lights
6 23
7 14
8 16

J3 25
C1 31
F2 27
F1 28
B3 Dimmer

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 8-Way Vehicle Harness Shift Lever Connector
4. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC) Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 47


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

25 A
17 B
31 C

2 2
1 1

2 1
3
6
3
2
1
4 29
5 30
7 13

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
3. 8-Way ECA Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

48 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B batteries and the Transmission Harness 4-Way
Diagnostic Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 2. Key on with engine off.

3. Inspect starter, battery terminals and transmission 3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the Battery
30-amp In-line Fuse Holder Connections for corro- Negative post.
sion, loose terminals and bent or spread pins.
4. Visually inspect Vehicle Harness between the
power supply and the TECU for signs of rubbing or
chafing to the wiring.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery. C
C

5. Verify that the battery voltage meets specifications


for battery voltage.
If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step B.
If readings are in range, go to Step C.
If no damage is found and the battery voltage
is out of range, refer to OEM guidelines for If readings are out of range, repair battery
repair or replacement of batteries. Repeat test. ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

If no damage is found and the battery voltage


is in range, go to Step B.
Pins Range Reading(s)

C to Battery 0.7 V or less


Battery Voltage
Ground

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 49


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU.
C the Transmission Harness 4-Way Diagnostic D
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
2. Key on with engine off. from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C. 3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage and
loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 (Battery Positive) and Pin 36 (Battery Negative).
Record reading(s) in table.

38 36

B C
B C

If readings are in range, go to Step F.


If readings are out of range, go to Step D.

38 36
Pins Range Reading(s)

B to C Within 0.6 V of
Battery Voltage 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step E.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of power
and ground wring between the batteries and
38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the
TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 0.6 V of
Battery Voltage

50 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

6. Measure resistance between Pin B and ground.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to Record reading(s) in table.
E ground of service battery voltage circuits between
the TECU and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU.
B
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
B
4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
31 If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

C
Pins Range Reading(s)

31 C 31 to C 0.00.3 Ohms

17 to B 0.00.3 Ohms

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin B. B to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

17

17 B

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 51


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the Purpose: Verify ignition voltage at the TECU.
F Transmission Harness 4-Way Diagnostic G
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C. Record from TECU.
reading(s) in table.
3. Inspect Connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.

A 4. Key on with engine off.


5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
35 (Ignition Positive) and Pin 36 (Battery Negative).
Record reading(s) in table.

C 36 35
A C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, go to Step G.

35 36
Pins Range Reading(s)

A to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage 6. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of ignition voltage supply
to TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

35 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

52 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
H ground of service ignition circuit between the TECU
and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals. 25 to A 0.00.3 Ohms

4. Measure resistance between Pin 25 and Pin A. A to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

25
A

Purpose: Identify if the vehicle is equipped with a


I Shift Lever or Push Button for a Driver Interface
Device.

25 A 1. Is the vehicle equipped with a Shift Lever or a Push


Button Driver Interface Device?
If the vehicle is equipped with a Push Button,
5. Measure resistance between Pin A and ground. go to Step J.
Record reading(s) in table. If the vehicle is equipped with a Shift Lever, go
to Step N.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 53


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Identify if the Push Button is an Eaton Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift
J built device or an OEM built J1939 device. L Control Device.

1. Is the Push Button an OEM-built J1939 device or 1. Key off.


an Eaton built device?
2. Disconnect the 30-Way Shift Control Connector.
If the vehicle is equipped with an Eaton built
3. Key on with engine off.
Push Button, go to Step K.
4. Measure voltage between 30-Way Shift Control
If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM J1939
Harness Pin C1 and Pin J3. Record reading(s) in
device, contact the OEM for diagnostic instruc-
table.
tions on how to verify that it is receiving
proper power supply at key on. When verified,
go to Step Y.
C1

J3

Purpose: Observe the Service Light during the


K key-on power up.
C1 J3

1. Key off. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- If readings are in range, replace Shift Control.
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- go to Step V.
ceeding.
If readings are out of range, go to Step M.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Observe Service Light during the key on sequence.
Pins Range Reading(s)
If the Service Light illuminates for 1 second,
then turns off, go to Step Y. C1 to J3 Within 1.2 V of
If the Service Light never illuminates, go to Battery Voltage
Step L.
If the Service Light is on constantly, replace
the TECU. Go to Step V.
If the Service Light flashes, pull fault codes
with ServiceRanger and troubleshoot the
Active fault code per the Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.

54 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


Purpose: Verify continuity of OEM PBSC power ness Connector Pin 25 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
M supply wiring between TECU and PBSC. tor Pin J3. Record reading(s) in table.

1. Key off. 25

2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


from TECU.
25
3. Inspect 38-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
J3
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 31 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
tor Pin C1. Record reading(s) in table. 25 J3

31
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
C1 If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Vehicle Harness wiring between the TECU
and Shift Control per OEM guidelines. Go to
Step V.
31 C1

Pins Range Reading(s)

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- 31 to C1 00.3 ohms


ness Connector Pin 31 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 31 to ground Open Circuit (OL)

25 to J3 00.3 ohms
31

31

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 55


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Identify if the Shift Lever is an Eaton built Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift
N device or an OEM built device. P Lever.

1. Is the Shift Lever an OEM-built device or an Eaton 1. Key off.


built device?
2. Disconnect the 8-Way Shift Lever Connector.
If the vehicle is equipped with an Eaton built
3. Key on with engine off.
Shift Lever, go to Step O.
4. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM built
ness Connector Pin 4 and Pin 3. Record reading(s)
Shift Lever, go to Step U.
in table.

4 3

Purpose: Observe the Service Light during the


O key-on power up.

1. Key off. 4 3

! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-


form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
ceeding.
If readings are in range, go to Step Q.
2. Key on with engine off.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
3. Observe Service Light during the key on sequence. wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
If the Service Light illuminates for 1 second, OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
then turns off, go to Step Y.
If the Service Light never illuminates, go to
Pins Range Reading(s)
Step P.
If the Service Light is on constantly, go to Step 4 to 3 Within 1.2 V of
S. Battery Voltage
If the Service Light flashes, pull fault codes
with ServiceRanger and troubleshoot the
Active fault code per the Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.

56 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

Purpose: Measure the Service Light voltage supply Purpose: Verify continuity of ground path from
Q at the Shift Lever. R TECU to Shift Lever.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. ceeding.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 6 and Pin 3 while turning the 3. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever
key on. Record reading(s) in table. Harness Connector Pin 3 and 38-Way Connector
Pin 25. Record reading(s) in table.

3
25
3

6 3

25 3
4. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step R.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace 4. Compare reading(s) in table.
wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V. If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
Pins Range Reading(s) wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
6 to 3 (first sec- Within 2.0 V of
ond after key on) Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)
6 to 3 (after 1 Less than 1.5 V
second) 25 to 3 00.3 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 57


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Measure the Service Light voltage supply Purpose: Verify the Service Light is not shorted to
S at the Shift Lever. T power.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed- complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing. ing.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Measure voltage between 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 6 and Pin 3 while turning the 3. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever
key on. Record reading(s) in table. Harness Connector Pin 4 and Pin 6. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

3
4

6
6

6 3
4 6

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


4. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step Y.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
If readings are out of range, go to Step T. Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
wiring between the TECU and Shift Lever per
Pins Range Reading(s)
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
6 to 3 (first sec- Within 2.0 V of
ond after key on) Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)
6 to 3 (after 1 Less than 1.5 V
4 to 6 Open Circuit (OL)
second)

58 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

Purpose: Observe the Transmission Service Lamp Purpose: Verify continuity of Service Lamp voltage
U in the display during the key-on power-up. W path from TECU to Service Lamp.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. ceeding.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness at the TECU.
3. Observe the transmission Service Lamp in the vehi- Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
cle dash. views to identify the Service Light Power and
Ground Pins at the Service Lamp in the dash.
Note: The transmission Service Lamp is OEM spe-
cific. See OEM for the specific style of transmission 3. Inspect wiring between the TECU and Service Lamp
Service Lamp used for a particular chassis. for signs of rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
If the transmission Service Lamp illuminates 4. Inspect connector bodies for corrosion, damage
for 1 second, then turns off, go to Step Y. and loose, spread or bent terminals.
If the transmission Service Lamp never illumi- 5. Contact the OEM to perform the following tests:
nates, go to Step X. - Verify that the wiring between the TECU and the
If the transmission Service Lamp is on con- Service Lamp is wired per OEM specifications.
stantly, go to Step W. - Verify the wiring is not shorted to power.

If the transmission Service Lamp flashes, pull Note: The transmission sends a voltage to the
fault codes with ServiceRanger and trouble- 38-Way Vehicle Harness Pin 23 to light the Service
shoot the Active fault code per Fault Code Iso- Lamp. The OEM is responsible for supplying the
lation Procedure Index on page 14. Service Lamp ground.
Note: Some OEM chassis use a switched ground to
control the Service Lamp, rather than the switched
voltage that the TECU is sending. Those chassis
may use a relay, or another technique, to replace
the TECU Service Lamp output voltage with a
ground signal.
If any issues are found with the OEM wiring,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of vehicle wiring. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 59


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify continuity of Service Light wiring


X between TECU and Service Lamp.

1. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness at the TECU.
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
views to identify the Service Light Power and
Ground Pins at the Service Lamp in the dash.
3. Inspect wiring between the TECU and Service Lamp
for signs of rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
4. Inspect connector bodies for corrosion, damage
and loose, spread or bent terminals.
5. Contact the OEM to perform the following tests:
- Verify that the wiring between the TECU and the
Service Lamp is wired per OEM specifications.
- Verify the wiring is not open or shorted to
ground.
- Verify a proper ground path is supplied to the
Service Lamp.
Note: The transmission sends a voltage to the
38-Way Vehicle Harness Pin 23 to light the Service
Lamp. The OEM is responsible for supplying the
Service Lamp ground.
Note: Some OEM chassis use a switched ground to
control the Service Lamp, rather than the switched
voltage that the TECU is sending. Those chassis
may use a relay, or another technique, to replace
the TECU Service Lamp output voltage with a
ground signal.
If any issues are found with the OEM wiring,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of vehicle wiring. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

60 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA

Purpose: Measure the ignition supply to the ECA at Purpose: Verify repair.
Y key on. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 8-Way Transmission Harness Connec- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
tor at the ECA. nents are properly installed.
3. Inspect 8-Way Connector body for damage and 3. Key on with engine off.
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
5. Measure voltage between 8-Way ECA Connector duplicate the previous complaint.
Pin 7 and ground. Record reading(s) in table.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active during the test drive
and vehicle operates properly, test complete.
If a fault code is set Active during the test
drive, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation
7
Procedure Index on page 14.
If no fault codes set Active and the vehicle
complaint is duplicated, contact Eaton at (800)
826-4357 for further diagnostics.
7

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, test complete. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Within 0.6 V of


Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 61


Power-Up Sequence Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

62 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA


Overview Possible Causes
This procedure provides a basic test of the vehicle electrical Vehicle Batteries
system. A well-functioning electrical supply is required for
proper operation of the Fuller Advantage transmission. - Internal failure
Vehicle Charging System
This test verifies the vehicle batteries are fully charged,
proper battery and ignition voltage are being supplied to the - Charging system failed
transmission components, and the electrical system can - Alternator-Generator failed
supply proper voltage and current when under load. Vehicle Harness
Fault codes that set for a specific transmission give addi- - Poor power or ground supply to Transmission
tional information about performance issues detected on Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
that vehicle. If a unit has an Active fault code, or repeated - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
occurrences of an Inactive fault code, refer to the trouble-
shooting procedure for that fault code. Certain fault code - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
troubleshooting procedures require completion of the Trou- open
bleshooting Pretest. Some electrical system failures may - Improperly seated or missing 30-amp fuse
cause performance problems without setting a fault code. Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to ECA
Detection - Poor power or ground supply to ECA
None - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Improperly seated or missing 40-amp fuse
None
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Fallback Transmission Harness
None - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
None - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals

Additional Tools
Battery load testing equipment (see OEM for specific rec-
ommendations)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 63


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. ECA Shield
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
5. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
6. 3-Way ECA Connector

64 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

25 A
17 B
31 C

B
C

4 3
5

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
3. 40-amp Fuse
4. In-line Fuse Holder
5. 3-Way ECA Connector
6. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 65


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

2 1
36 38 35

3 4

38
36

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 30-amp Fuse
4. In-line Fuse Holder

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

66 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Verify power and ground supply to the
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B ECA.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read- 2. Inspect the ECA 40-amp In-line Fuse Holder Con-
ing(s) in table. nections for damage and bent, spread, corroded or
loose terminals.
3. Inspect starter, battery terminals and transmission
30-amp in-line fuse holder connections for damage 3. Visually inspect ECA Power Supply Harness
and bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. between the power supply and the ECA for signs of
rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
4. Visually inspect Vehicle Harness between the
power supply and the TECU for signs of rubbing or Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
chafing to the wiring. bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
and inspect connections at this location and at the
bution block separate from the battery or may route
battery.
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery.
If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per
OEM guidelines, go to Step B.
If no damage is found, go to Step B.

Battery Voltage

B
C

If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per


OEM guidelines. Repeat test.
If no damage is found, go to Step C.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 67


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Perform a Load Test on each vehicle Purpose: Verify voltage supply to the TECU
C battery. D through the 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off. 1. Reconnect all harnesses and connectors.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- 2. Key on with engine off.
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- 3. Remove connector cover of 4-Way Diagnostic Con-
ceeding. nector on the Transmission Harness.
2. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM specifica- 4. Measure voltage between Pin B (Service Battery
tions. Record reading(s). positive) and Pin C (Service Battery negative).
If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step Record reading(s).
D.
! Warning: Do not Load Test the power supply
If any battery does not pass the Load Test, through this connection.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of batteries. Go to Step D.

Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status


(Pass/Fail)

2 B C B C

3
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
4 If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, go to Step E.
5

Pins Range Reading(s)

B to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

68 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU.


E
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 (Battery positive) and Pin 36 (Battery negative).
Record reading(s).

38 36

38 36

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step F.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of battery
power and ground supply to TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 69


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

6. Measure resistance between Pin B and ground.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to Record reading(s) in table.
F ground of service battery voltage circuits between
the TECU and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU.
B
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
B
4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
31 If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.

C
Pins Range Reading(s)

31 C 31 to C 0.00.3 Ohms

17 to B 0.00.3 Ohms

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin B. B to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

17

17 B

70 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Verify ignition voltage to the TECU Purpose: Verify ignition voltage at the TECU.
G through the 4-Way Diagnostic Connector. H
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all harnesses and connectors. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Key on with engine off.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
4. Remove connector cover of 4-Way Diagnostic Con-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
nector on the Transmission Harness.
no damage to the connector body.
5. Measure voltage between Pin A (Service Ignition
4. Key on with engine off.
positive) and Pin C (Service Battery negative).
Record reading(s). 5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
35 (Ignition positive) and Pin 36 (Battery negative).
! Warning: Do not Load Test the power supply Record reading(s) in table.
through this connection.

36 35
A

C
A C
35 36

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step J.
6. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are out of range, go to Step H.
If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
Pins Range Reading(s) guidelines for repair of ignition voltage supply.
Repeat Electrical Pretest.
A to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)

35 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 71


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
I ground of service ignition circuit between the TECU
and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
sion Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals. 25 to A 0.00.3 Ohms

4. Measure resistance between Pin 25 and Pin A. A to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

25
A

25 A

5. Measure resistance between Pin A and ground.


Record reading(s) in table.

72 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

Purpose: Verify condition of 3-Way ECA Connector.


J
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 3-Way ECA Connector.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
4. Confirm the 3-Way Connector has a seal plug in
Cavity A.

If damage is found to the ECA Power Harness,


refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of the ECA Power Harness. Repeat Elec-
trical Pretest.
If damage to the ECA is found, replace ECA.
Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If no damage is found, go to Step K.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 73


Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at ECA. Purpose: Verify polarity of battery voltage at ECA.
K L
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector 2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector
Pin C (Battery positive) and Pin B (Battery nega- Pin C (Battery positive) and ground. Record read-
tive). Record reading(s) in table. ing(s) in table.

C C

C B C

3. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, no issue is found, go If readings are in range, Electrical Pretest
to Step L. Complete.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM If readings are out of range, the Battery posi-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the ECA tive and Battery negative wires are incorrectly
Power Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest. pinned in the ECA 3-Way Connector. Refer to
OEM requirements for repair or replacement of
the ECA Power Harness. Repeat Electrical Pre-
Pins Range Reading(s) test.

C to B Within 1.2 V of
Battery Positive Pins Range Reading(s)
(+)
C to Within 1.2 V of
Ground Battery Positive
(+)

74 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen1 ECA

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 75


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA


Overview Possible Causes
This procedure provides a basic test of the vehicle electrical Vehicle Batteries
system. A well-functioning electrical supply is required for
proper operation of the Fuller Advantage transmission. - Internal failure
Vehicle Charging System
This test verifies the vehicle batteries are fully charged,
proper battery and ignition voltage are being supplied to the - Charging system failed
transmission components, and the electrical system can - Alternator-Generator failed
supply proper voltage and current when under load. Vehicle Harness
Fault codes that set for a specific transmission give addi- - Poor power or ground supply to Transmission
tional information about performance issues detected on Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
that vehicle. If a unit has an Active fault code, or repeated - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
occurrences of an Inactive fault code, refer to the trouble-
shooting procedure for that fault code. Certain fault code - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
troubleshooting procedures require completion of the Trou- open
bleshooting Pretest. Some electrical system failures may - Improperly seated or missing 30-amp fuse
cause performance problems without setting a fault code. Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to ECA
Detection - Poor power or ground supply to ECA
None - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Improperly seated or missing 40-amp fuse
None
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Fallback Transmission Harness
None - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
None - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals

Additional Tools
Battery load testing equipment (see OEM for specific rec-
ommendations)

76 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

Component Identification

5
6

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. ECA Shield
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
5. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
6. 2-Way ECA Connector

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 77


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

25 A
17 B
31 C

1
2

5 4 3

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
3. 40-amp Fuse
4. In-line Fuse Holder
5. 2-Way ECA Connector
6. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

78 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

2 1
36 38 35

3 4

38
36

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 30-amp Fuse
4. In-line Fuse Holder

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 79


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Verify power and ground supply to the
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B ECA.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read- 2. Inspect the ECA 40-amp In-line Fuse Holder Con-
ing(s) in table. nections for damage and bent, spread, corroded or
loose terminals.
3. Inspect starter, battery terminals and transmission
30-amp in-line fuse holder connections for damage 3. Visually inspect ECA Power Supply Harness
and bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. between the power supply and the ECA for signs of
rubbing or chafing to the wiring.
4. Visually inspect Vehicle Harness between the
power supply and the TECU for signs of rubbing or Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
chafing to the wiring. bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
and inspect connections at this location and at the
bution block separate from the battery or may route
battery.
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery.
If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per
OEM guidelines, go to Step B.
If no damage is found, go to Step B.

Battery Voltage

1
2

If damage is found, repair or replace wiring per


OEM guidelines. Repeat test.
If no damage is found, go to Step C.

80 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

Purpose: Perform a Load Test on each vehicle Purpose: Verify voltage supply to the TECU
C battery. D through the 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off. 1. Reconnect all harnesses and connectors.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- 2. Key on with engine off.
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- 3. Remove connector cover of 4-Way Diagnostic Con-
ceeding. nector on the Transmission Harness.
2. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM specifica- 4. Measure voltage between Pin B (Service Battery
tions. Record reading(s). positive) and Pin C (Service Battery negative).
If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step Record reading(s).
D.
! Warning: Do not Load Test the power supply
If any battery does not pass the Load Test, through this connection.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of batteries. Go to Step D.

Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status


(Pass/Fail)

2 B C B C

3
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
4 If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, go to Step E.
5

Pins Range Reading(s)

B to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 81


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU.


E
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 (Battery positive) and Pin 36 (Battery negative).
Record reading(s).

38 36

38 36

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step F.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of battery
power and ground supply to TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

82 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

6. Measure resistance between Pin B and ground.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to Record reading(s) in table.
F ground of service battery voltage circuits between
the TECU and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU.
B
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
B
4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
31 If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.

C
Pins Range Reading(s)

31 C 31 to C 0.00.3 Ohms

17 to B 0.00.3 Ohms

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin B. B to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

17

17 B

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 83


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify ignition voltage to the TECU Purpose: Verify ignition voltage at the TECU.
G through the 4-Way Diagnostic Connector. H
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all harnesses and connectors. 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
3. Key on with engine off.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
4. Remove connector cover of 4-Way Diagnostic Con-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
nector on the Transmission Harness.
no damage to the connector body.
5. Measure voltage between Pin A (Service Ignition
4. Key on with engine off.
positive) and Pin C (Service Battery negative).
Record reading(s). 5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin
35 (Ignition positive) and Pin 36 (Battery negative).
! Warning: Do not Load Test the power supply Record reading(s) in table.
through this connection.

36 35
A

C
A C
35 36

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step J.
6. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are out of range, go to Step H.
If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
Pins Range Reading(s) guidelines for repair of ignition voltage supply.
Repeat Electrical Pretest.
A to C Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage
Pins Range Reading(s)

35 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

84 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity and check for short to If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
I ground of service ignition circuit between the TECU
and 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
sion Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Repeat
Electrical Pretest.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from TECU. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals. 25 to A 0.00.3 Ohms

4. Measure resistance between Pin 25 and Pin A. A to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Record reading(s) in table.

25
A

25 A

5. Measure resistance between Pin A and ground.


Record reading(s) in table.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 85


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify condition of 2-Way ECA Connector.


J
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 2-Way ECA Connector.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.

If damage is found to the ECA Power Harness,


refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of the ECA Power Harness. Repeat Elec-
trical Pretest.
If damage to the ECA is found, replace ECA.
Repeat Electrical Pretest.
If no damage is found, go to Step K.

86 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at ECA. Purpose: Verify polarity of battery voltage at ECA.
K L
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Measure voltage between 2-Way ECA Connector 2. Measure voltage between 2-Way ECA Connector
Pin 2 (Battery positive) and Pin 1 (Battery nega- Pin 2 (Battery positive) and ground. Record read-
tive). Record reading(s) in table. ing(s) in table.

2 1 2

1 2 2

3. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, no issue is found, go If readings are in range, Electrical Pretest
to Step L. Complete.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM If readings are out of range, the Battery posi-
guidelines for repair or replacement of the ECA tive and Battery negative wires are incorrectly
Power Harness. Repeat Electrical Pretest. pinned in the ECA 2-Way Connector. Refer to
OEM requirements for repair or replacement of
the ECA Power Harness. Repeat Electrical Pre-
Pins Range Reading(s) test.

1 to 2 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Positive Pins Range Reading(s)
(+)
2 to Within 1.2 V of
Ground Battery Positive
(+)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 87


Electrical Pretest Gen2 ECA | Pretest Procedures TRTS0980

88 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11: No TECU Operation

Fault Code 11: No TECU Operation


J1587: MID 130 SID 254 FMI 12
J1939: SA 3 SPN 629 FMI 12

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with a FMI 12: Transmission powers up and the failure is no lon-
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU). The TECU ger detected by the TECU.
performs a variety of functions including receiving inputs
from sensors, sending outputs to control devices, operating Possible Causes
X-Y Shifter motors and actuators and making shift deci- FMI 12
sions. Fault Code 11 indicates an internal failure of the
TECU. TECU
- Internal failure
Detection
The TECU performs a self-check during power up, any fail-
ure detected sets this fault.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 12 Bad Intelligent Device: TECU detects an internal
failure.

Fallback
FMI 12

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
Engine may not crank.
Transmission may not attempt to shift.
Transmission may not confirm neutral.
Engine may have to be shut down with transmis-
sion still in gear.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 89


Fault Code 11: No TECU Operation | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

90 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 11 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
components are properly installed.
Procedure on page 11.
3. Key on with engine off.
If Fault Code 11 sets Active or Inactive, replace
TECU. Go to Step V. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 11 sets Active during the test
drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
If a fault code other than 11 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 91


Fault Code 11 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

92 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12: Improper TECU Configuration

Fault Code 12: Improper TECU Configuration


J1587: MID 130 SID 254 FMI 13
J1939: SA 3 SPN 629 FMI 13

Overview
The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with a
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU). The TECU
performs a variety of functions including receiving inputs
from sensors, sending outputs to control devices, operating
X-Y Shifter motors and actuators and making shift deci-
sions. Fault Code 12 indicates an internal failure of the
TECU.

Detection
The TECU performs a self-check during power up. If the
TECU does not detect valid memory, or if there are missing
or corrupt transmission configuration files, this fault sets
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 13 Out of Calibration: TECU is unable to determine
the proper transmission configuration.

Fallback
FMI 13

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
Engine may not crank.
Transmission may not engage a gear.
Transmission may not make up shifts or down
shifts.
Engine may have to be shut down with transmis-
sion still in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 13: TECU has detected a proper configuration for the
transmission.

Possible Causes
FMI 13

TECU
- Internal failure

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 93


Fault Code 12: Improper TECU Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

94 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 12 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
components are properly installed.
Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
If Fault Code 12 is Active or Inactive, replace
TECU. Go to Step V. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 12 sets Active during the test
drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
If a fault code other than 12 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 95


Fault Code 12 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

96 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13: J1939 Shift Control Device

Fault Code 13: J1939 Shift Control Device


J1587: MID 130 SID 231 FMI 8, 11
J1939: SA 3 SPN 751 FMI 8, 11

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission may be equipped with a All FMIs: TECU receives a valid message over the J1939
J1939 Shift Control Device. This version of the Shift Control Data Link.
Device uses the J1939 Data Link to broadcast the drivers
shift request to the Transmission Electronic Control Unit Possible Causes
(TECU). The system includes redundant neutral request and FMI 8
neutral confirmation signals hard-wired between the Shift
Control Device and TECU. These redundant signals allow Vehicle Harness
the transmission to achieve neutral if the J1939 Data Link - Bent, spread or loose terminals
fails. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Fault Code 13 indicates that either the TECU lost J1939 Data open
Link communications with the Shift Control Device or that Shift Control Device
the neutral request status received over J1939 and the neu- - Internal failure
tral request status received through the hard-wired signal
do not match. FMI 11

Data Link
Detection
The ignition key is on and the TECU has not detected any - Bent, spread, or loose terminals
low battery system faults. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Vehicle Harness
FMI 8 Abnormal Frequency: TECU compares the J1939
Data Link message from the Shift Control Device to the - Bent, spread or loose terminals
hard-wired neutral signal request. When 10 consecutive Shift Control Device Power Supply
messages do not match, the fault code sets Active. - Loss of supply battery voltage
FMI 11 FMI Unknown: TECU has lost communication - Loss of supply ignition voltage
with the J1939 Shift Control Device but can communicate - Loss of supply ground connection
with other devices on the J1939 Data Link. When no J1939
messages have been received for 5 seconds, the fault code Shift Control Device
sets Active. - Internal failure

Fallback
FMI 8

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
Engine may not crank.
Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
FMI 11

F does not flash in gear display.


Service light does not flash (if equipped).
Transmission may not attempt to shift.
Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
shut off engine with transmission in gear.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 97


Fault Code 13: J1939 Shift Control Device | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector (in cab)

98 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13: J1939 Shift Control Device

2 1
17 3 2 16


+
IGN
1
2
3
16
17

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 99


Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
A related to J1939 Data Link. B
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 13.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
If Fault Code 13 FMI 11 is Active, go to Step D.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. If Fault Code 13 FMI 8 is Active or Inactive, go
to Step J.
If non-transmission fault codes related to the
J1939 Data Link are present, troubleshoot per If Fault Code 13 FMI 11 is Inactive, go to Step
OEM guidelines. C.
If transmission Fault Codes 35 or 36 are pres-
ent, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Pro-
cedure Index on page 14.
If no J1939 Data Link fault codes are present,
go to Step B.

100 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the OEM Shift
C locate intermittent failures. D Control Device.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6. views to identify the corresponding pin at the Shift
Control Device Connector.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist. 2. Disconnect OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector.
3. Inspect OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector body
for damage and bent, spread, corroded or loose
terminals.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Measure voltage between Battery Positive (+) Pin
3. Wiggle J1939 Data Link Wiring. Look for signs of
on OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector and
rubbing, chafing or corrosion on the wires.
ground. Record reading(s) in table.
4. Wiggle the power and ground supply to the Shift
Control Device. Look for signs of rubbing, chafing
or corrosion on the wires. +

5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault code became Active while wiggling
the power or ground supply to the Shift Con- +
trol Device, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
or replacement of the power and ground sup-
ply to the Shift Control Device. Go to Step V. 6. Compare reading(s) in the table.
If any fault code became Active while wiggling If readings are in range, go to Step E.
J1939 Data Link Wiring refer to OEM guide- If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
lines for repair or replacement of J1939 Data guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
Link. Go to Step V. between the Shift Control Device Connector
If no fault codes became Active while wiggling and Battery Positive (+). Go to Step V.
either harness, go to Step D.

Pins Range Reading(s)

Battery Positive Within 1.2 V of


(+) at OEM J1939 battery voltage
Shift Control Con-
nector to Ground

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 101


Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify Ignition Voltage to the Shift Control Purpose: Verify ground supply to the Shift Control
E Device. F Device.

1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key on with engine off.


Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector
views to identify the corresponding pin at the Shift views to identify the corresponding pin at the OEM
Control Device Connector. J1939 Shift Control Connector.
2. Measure voltage between Ignition Pin on OEM 2. Measure resistance from Ground Supply Pin on
J1939 Shift Control Connector and ground. OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector to ground.
Record reading(s) in table.

IGN

IGN

If readings are in range, go to Step F.


3. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of ignition If readings are in range, go to Step G.
wiring to the Shift Control Device. Go to Step
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
V.
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
between Ground Supply Pin on OEM J1939
Shift Control Connector and vehicle ground.
Pins Range Reading(s) Go to Step V.

Switched Ignition at Within 1.2 V of


OEM J1939 Shift Con- battery voltage Pins Range Reading(s)
trol Connector to
Ground
Ground Supply at 0.00.3 ohms
OEM J1939 Shift
Control Connector
Pin to Ground

102 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity across J1939 Negative
G (-) between the TECU and Shift Control Device.
If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of J1939
1. Key off. Data Link wiring between TECU and the Shift
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector Control Device. Go to Step V.
views to identify the corresponding pin at the OEM
J1939 Shift Control Connector.
Pins Range Reading(s)
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
2 to J1939 Negative 0.00.6 ohms
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and (-) Shift OEM
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. J1939 Shift Con-
trol Connector Pin
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 2 and the corresponding J1939
Negative (-) Pin on the OEM J1939 Shift Control 2 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
Connector. Record reading(s) in table.

2
J1939

2
J1939

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 2 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 103


Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity across J1939 Positive
H (+) between the TECU and Shift Control Device.
If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of J1939
1. Key off. Data Link Wiring between TECU and Shift Con-
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector trol Device. Go to Step V.
views to identify the corresponding pin at the OEM
J1939 Shift Control Connector.
Pins Range Reading(s)
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 3 and the corresponding J1939
3 to J1939 Positive (+) 0.00.6 ohms
Positive (+) Pin on the OEM J1939 Shift Control
OEM J1939 Shift Con-
Connector. Record reading(s) in table.
trol Connector

3 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)


3
J1939
+

3 +
J1939

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 3 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

104 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify proper resistance across the J1939


I Data Link, including terminating resistors.

1. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
2. Reconnect OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector.
3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 2 and Pin 3. Record reading(s)
in table.

3 2

3 2

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of Shift Control
Device. Go to Step V.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of J1939
Data Link. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

2 to 3 5070 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 105


Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity between Neutral Re-
J quest Signal Pin and Shift Control Device.
If readings are in range, go to Step K.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
1. Key off. between 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector Pin 16 and corresponding pin at the OEM
views to identify the corresponding pin at the OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector. Go to Step V.
J1939 Shift Control Connector.
2. Disconnect OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect Connector body for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals 16 to OEM J1939 0.00.6 ohms
Shift Control Con-
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
nector Neutral
ness Connector Pin 16 and corresponding neutral
Request Signal
request signal pin on the OEM J1939 Shift Control
Connector. Record reading(s) in table.
16 to Ground Open Circuit
(OL)
16

16
*

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 16 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

16

16

106 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity between Neutral Re-
K quest Return Pin and Shift Control Device.
If readings are in range, go to Step L.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
1. Key off. between 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
Note: See OEM wiring diagram and connector Pin 17 and corresponding pin at the OEM
views to identify the corresponding pin at the OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector. Go to Step V.
J1939 Shift Control Connector.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- Pins Range Reading(s)
ness Connector Pin 17 and corresponding neutral
request return pin at the OEM J1939 Shift Control
17 to OEM J1939 00.6 ohms
Connector. Record reading(s) in table.
Shift Control Con-
nector Neutral
Request Return Pin
17

17 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)


*

17 *

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 17 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

17

17

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 107


Fault Code 13 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault code Purpose: Verify repair.
L status. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all electrical connections. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps. 5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
If Fault Code 13 FMI 8 is Active, repair or
replace Shift Control Device per OEM guide- 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
lines. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
If Fault Code 13 FMI 8 is Inactive, refer to OEM erly, test complete.
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
If Fault Code 13 sets Active during the test
between 38-way Vehicle Harness Connector
drive, go to Step A.
Pin 16 and corresponding pin at the OEM
J1939 Shift Control Connector. Also repair or If a fault code other than 13 sets, troubleshoot
replace wiring between 38-Way Vehicle Har- per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
ness Connector Pin 17 and corresponding pin page 14.
at the OEM J1939 Shift Control Connector. Go
to Step V.

108 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14: Invalid Shift Lever Voltage

Fault Code 14: Invalid Shift Lever Voltage


J1587: MID 130 SID 18 FMI 2, 4, 5
MID 130 SID 19 FMI 2, 4, 5, 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 751 FMI 2, 4, 5
SA 3 SPN 752 FMI 2, 4, 5, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission may be equipped with All FMIs: Signal voltage enters a valid range for 0.2 sec-
an analog Shift Control Device. The Transmission Electronic onds.
Control Unit (TECU) supplies the analog Shift Control
Device with a 5-volt reference through OEM wiring. This Possible Causes
voltage is reduced by resistive ladder circuitry in the shift FMI 2
device, based on the position the driver selects. The return
voltage to the TECU indicates the position of the Shift Lever. Vehicle Harness
- Excessive resistance in shifter wiring
Fault Code 14 indicates the TECU has detected an electrical
fault in either the OEM-supplied wiring or Shift Control - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Device. Analog Shift Lever
- Internal failure
Detection
TECU monitors the voltage from the analog Shift Control FMI 4
Device. Fault Code 14 sets when the reported voltage for a Vehicle Harness
selected mode does not match the actual value for that lever
position. - Wires between analog Shift Lever and TECU
shorted to ground
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 5
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU receives erratic gear position
information from the Shift Lever. Vehicle Harness
- Wires between analog Shift Lever and TECU may
FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Short to be open or shorted to power
ground is detected, or the voltage value is not defined.
Analog Shift Lever
FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: An open - Internal failure
circuit is present on the circuit, or the circuit is shorted
high. FMI 14

FMI 14 Special Instructions: The TECU has detected an Analog Shift Lever
abnormally long up or down button request. - Internal failure
Driver Behavior
Fallback
All FMIs - Up or Down button held excessively long

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
Engine may not crank.
Transmission is limited to down shifts only.
Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
If a fault occurs with the manual mode up or down
buttons, manual mode can not be used. The trans-
mission will shift as normal in auto mode.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 109


Fault Code 14: Invalid Shift Lever Voltage | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

4
2

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 8-Way Vehicle Harness Shift Lever Connector
4. 8-Way Cobra Shift Lever Connector

110 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14: Invalid Shift Lever Voltage

2 1
17 16 15

4 3

1 15
2 17
3 25
4 31
5 Dash Lights
6 23
7 14
8 16

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 8-Way Vehicle Harness Shift Lever Connector
4. 8-Way Cobra Shift Lever Connector
5. Cobra Shift Lever

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 111


Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Note: Wiring between the TECU and analog Shift
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Lever is OEM proprietary. Refer to OEM wiring dia-
Note: Vehicles can be equipped with either an grams, harness routing, connector view and pin
Eaton-supplied analog Shift Lever or an OEM ana- locations to ensure complete inspection of the ana-
log Shift Lever. This troubleshooting guide is log Shift Device wiring harness.
intended for use only with Eaton-supplied analog
Shift Levers. If your vehicle has Fault Code 14 and 2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
is equipped with an OEM analog Shift Lever, con-
sult the OEM for proper troubleshooting proce- Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
dures. Active fault codes exist.
If Fault Code 14 is Active, go to Step D.
If Fault Code 14 is Inactive, go to Step B.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way


Vehicle Harness Connector and analog Shift Lever
Connector. Look for signs of rubbing or chafing.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
38-Way Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of harness. Go
to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active, go to Step C.

112 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect Vehicle Harness and connec-


C tions.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 8-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at
analog Shift Lever.
3. Inspect 8-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Inspect Vehicle Harness at all points of connection,
verifying no corrosion, bent pins or other issues
are present.
5. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
6. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
If damage is found during inspection, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
wiring between TECU and analog Shift Lever.
Go to Step V.
If no damage is found during inspection, go to
Step D.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 113


Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify proper operation of analog Shift
D Lever.
If all readings are in range, go to Step E.
If any readings are out of range, replace the
analog Shift Lever. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- Pins Lever Range Reading(s)
ceeding. Position

Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM analog


1 to 2 R 29173097
Shift Lever, consult the OEM schematics for proper
ohms
connection pin out.
2. Disconnect 8-Way analog Shift Lever Connector. 1 to 2 N 343364 ohms
3. Inspect 8-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. 1 to 2 D 599636 ohms

4. Measure the resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever 1 to 2 M 9931054 ohms


Connector Pin 1 and Pin 2. Take a resistance read-
ing with the Analog Shift Lever in each position (R,
1 to 2 L 16361737
N, D, M, L). Record reading(s) in table.
ohms

1 2

1 2

114 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify proper resistance values from
E Analog Shift Lever Up and Down positions.
If all readings are in range, go to Step F.
If any readings are out of range, replace the
analog Shift Lever. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM analog
Shift Lever, consult the OEM schematics for proper Pins Lever Range Reading(s)
connection pin out. Position

2. Place the analog Shift Lever in manual mode (M).


2 to 8 M + Up 609647
3. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever Button ohms
Connector Pin 2 and Pin 8 while holding the
up-shift request button. Record reading(s) in table. 2 to 8 M + Down 16241724
Button ohms

2 8

4. Measure resistance between 8-Way Shift Lever


Connector Pin 2 and Pin 8 while holding the
down-shift request button. Record reading(s) in
table.

2 8

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 115


Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of auto mode input wire.
F If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
1. Key off. between TECU and analog Shift Lever. Go to
Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM analog Step V.
Shift Lever, please consult with the OEM schemat-
ics for proper connector pin out.
Pins Range Reading(s)
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness and 8-Way
analog Shift Lever Connector.
15 to 1 0.00.3 ohms
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. 15 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 15 and 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 1. Record reading(s) in table.

15

15 1

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 15 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

15

15

116 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of manual mode input
G wire.
If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of OEM
1. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- wiring. Go to Step V.
ness Connector Pin 16 and 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 8. Record reading(s) in table.
Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM analog Pins Range Reading(s)
Shift Device, please consult with the OEM for
proper connector pin out. 16 to 8 0.00.3 ohms

16 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)


16

16 8

2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 16 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

16

16

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 117


Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of common ground
H wire.
4. Reconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector and
analog 8-Way Shift Lever Connector. Ensure all
connections are tight and secure.
1. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- If readings are in range, go to Step I.
ness Connector Pin 17 and 8-Way Shift Lever Har-
ness Connector Pin 2. Record reading(s) in table. If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
Note: If the vehicle is equipped with an OEM analog between TECU and analog Shift Lever. Go to
Shift Device, please consult with the OEM for Step V.
proper connector pin out.

Pins Range Reading(s)


17
17 to 2 0.00.3 ohms
2
17 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

17 2

2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 17 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table.

17

17

118 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify integrity of OEM Bulkhead Connec- Purpose: Verify repair.


I tions. V
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect OEM Bulkhead Connector. 2. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Bulkhead Connector body for damage and 3. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. duplicate the previous complaint.
If any issues are found with Bulkhead Connec- 4. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
tor, refer to OEM guidelines for proper repair
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
or replacement of OEM wiring. Go to Step V.
ates properly, test complete.
If no issues are found in connector, go to Step
If Fault Code 14 sets Active during the test
J.
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 14 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on
page 6.

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault code


J status.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all electrical connections.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
If Fault Code 14 is still Active, replace analog
Shift Lever. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 14 is Inactive, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring
between TECU and analog Shift Lever. Go to
Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 119


Fault Code 14 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

120 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15: HIL Shift Device Communication

Fault Code 15: HIL Shift Device Communication


J1587: MID 130 SID 18 FMI 9
J1939: SA 3 SPN 751 FMI 9

Overview Possible Causes


Vehicles equipped with an Fuller Advantage transmission FMI 9
may also have an Eaton Push Button Shift Control Device
(PBSC). The PBSC broadcasts driver shift requests to the High Integrity Link (HIL)
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) through a high - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
speed proprietary data link called the High Integrity Link open
(HIL). The portion of the HIL that connects the TECU to the - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
PBSC is contained within the 38-Way Vehicle Harness. The
Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) communicates to the - Missing or additional terminating resistors
TECU through a portion of the HIL contained in the Trans- 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
mission Harness. Fault Code 15 indicates a loss of commu- - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
nication between the TECU and PBSC. open
Detection - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
The TECU monitors communication with the PBSC over the Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to PBSC
HIL. If the TECU loses communication with the PBSC, Fault - Poor power or ground supply to PBSC
Code 15 sets Active.
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
FMI 9 Abnormal Update Rate: TECU loses communica- open
tion with the PBSC for 5 seconds or longer, but can still PBSC
communicate with the ECA.
- Internal failure
Fallback TECU
FMI 9 - Internal failure
F flashes in gear display.
Service light flashes (if equipped).
Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
Transmission is limited to down shifts only.
Once the transmission re-engages the start gear,
the transmission will not shift until the fault
becomes Inactive.
Once the vehicle stops, the transmission will not
engage a start gear until the fault becomes Inactive.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 9: The TECU establishes communication with the PBSC
for 10 seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 121


Fault Code 15: HIL Shift Device Communication | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC) Connector

122 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15: HIL Shift Device Communication

2 1
28 27 25 31

J3 25
C1 31
F2 27
F1 28
B3 Dimmer

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 30-Way Eaton Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC) Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 123


Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify integrity of vehicle Bulkhead Con-
A B nection (if equipped).

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key off.


rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to
perform a complete power-down sequence before
If Fault Code 16 is Active, troubleshoot per proceeding.
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
14. 2. If vehicle is equipped with a Bulkhead Connection,
disconnect Bulkhead Connector. Inspect connector
If Fault Code 15 is Active, go to Step D. for corrosion, loose terminals and bent or spread
If Fault Codes 16 or 19 are Inactive and Fault pins.
Code 15 sets Inactive, troubleshoot Fault Code 3. Wiggle wiring connections to the Bulkhead Con-
16 per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on nector to verify the pins are not loose and are
page 14. secure within the connector.
If Fault Code 15 is Inactive and neither Fault 4. Reconnect Bulkhead Connector.
Code 16 nor 19 is set, go to Step B.
If no Bulkhead Connection is present, go to
Step C.
If damage or looseness is found, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of Bulk-
head Connection. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step C.

124 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo- Purpose: Verify integrity of vehicle Bulkhead Con-
C cate intermittent failures. D nection (if equipped).

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6. perform a complete power-down sequence before
proceeding.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist. 2. If vehicle is equipped with a Bulkhead Connection,
disconnect Bulkhead Connector. Inspect connector
for corrosion, loose terminals and bent or spread
pins.
3. Wiggle wiring connections to the Bulkhead Con-
nector to verify the pins are not loose and are
secure within the connector.
3. Wiggle wiring and connections from the Push But-
ton Shift Controller (PBSC) to the batteries. Look 4. Reconnect Bulkhead Connector.
for signs of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all
If no Bulkhead Connection is present, go to
connections are clean and tight.
Step E.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections of the High Integrity
If damage or looseness is found, refer to OEM
Link (HIL) between the 30-Way PBSC Connector
guidelines for repair or replacement of Bulk-
and the 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the
head Connection. Go to Step V.
TECU. Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring.
Verify all connections are clean and tight. If no damage is found, go to Step E.
5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault code became Active while wiggling
the PBSC power supply, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of the PBSC
power supply harness. Go to Step V.
If any fault code became Active while wiggling
the HIL, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the HIL wiring. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of HIL wir-
ing between the PBSC and TECU. Go to Step
V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 125


Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify integrity of 30-Way PBSC Connec- Purpose: Verify voltage supply to PBSC.
E tor. F
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 30-Way PBSC Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 30-Way Pin C1 and Pin
J3. Record reading(s) in table.
3. Inspect 30-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
If damage is found, refer to OEM guidelines for J3 C1
repair or replacement of 30-Way Connector
and harness.
If no damage is found, go to Step F.

J3 C1

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C1 to J3 Within 0.6 V of
battery voltage

126 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of PBSC power supply
G wiring.
If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of harness
1. Key off. between TECU and PBSC. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect 38-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
31 to C1 0.00.3 ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 31 and 30-Way PBSC Connec- 25 to J3 0.00.3 ohms
tor Pin C1. Record reading(s) in table.

31

C1

31 C1

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 25 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
tor Pin J3. Record reading(s) in table.

25

J3

25 J3

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 127


Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify battery voltage supply to the TECU. Purpose: Verify HIL circuit resistance.
H I
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
from TECU.
!
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage, ceeding.
loose, spread or bent terminals. 2. Measure resistance between 30-Way Connector Pin
4. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin F1 and Pin F2. Record reading(s) in table.
38 and Pin 36. Record reading.

F2 F1
38 36

F1 F2

38 36 3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step J.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
5. Compare voltage to specified range in table. guidelines for repair or replacement of High
Integrity Link (HIL) between the PBSC and
If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
TECU. Go to Step V.
Step V.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of Vehicle Pins Range Reading(s)
Power Supply Harness. Go to Step V.
F1 to F2 5070 ohms

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage
(Step A)

128 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify integrity of 38-Way Vehicle Har- Purpose: Verify HIL Positive (+) continuity between
J ness Connector. K PBSC and TECU.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector 2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
from TECU. ness Connector Pin 28 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
tor Pin F1. Record reading(s) in table.
3. Inspect 38-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
If damage is found, refer to OEM guidelines for 28
repair or replacement of 38-Way Connector
and harness. Go to Step V.
F1
If no damage is found and the connector is not
loose, go to Step K.

28 F1

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step L.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of High
Integrity Link (HIL) between the PBSC and
TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

28 to F1 0.00.6 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 129


Fault Code 15 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify HIL Negative (-) continuity be- Purpose: Verify repair.
L tween PBSC and TECU. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
ness Connector Pin 27 and 30-Way PBSC Connec- nents are properly installed.
tor Pin F2. Record reading(s) in table.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
27 5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
F2 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 15 sets Active during test drive,
contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for further
27 F2 diagnostics.
If a fault code other than 15 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.
3. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of High
Integrity Link (HIL) between the PBSC and
TECU. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace PBSC. Go to
Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

27 to F2 0.00.6 ohms

130 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link

Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link


J1587: MID 130 SID 248 FMI 2
J1939: SA 3 SPN 625 FMI 2

Overview Possible Causes


The High Integrity Link (HIL) is a Controller Area Network FMI 2
(CAN) high-speed proprietary data link that communicates
data between the Transmission Electronic Control Unit HIL
(TECU), Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA), and if equipped, - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Eaton Push Button Shift Control (PBSC). The portion of the open
HIL that connects the TECU to the ECA is contained within - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
the Transmission Harness. The portion of the HIL that con-
nects the TECU to the PBSC is contained within the Vehicle - Missing terminating resistor
Harness. Fault Code 16 indicates a loss of communication Transmission Harness
of the HIL. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
Detection
The TECU monitors communication with the Shift Control - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Device (if equipped) and the ECA over the HIL Link. If the - Seal failure in 8-Way ECA Connector
TECU is unable to receive any messages from the other - Loss of ignition voltage to ECA before power up
components on the HIL, Fault Code 16 sets Active.
ECA
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Failed ECA software download
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU does not receive any messages - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
over the HIL for more than 5 seconds.
- Contamination in 3-Way ECA Connector
Fallback - Contamination in 8-Way ECA Connector
FMI 2 - Internal failure
Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral. Vehicle Batteries
Once the transmission down shifts to the start gear, - Internal failure
no up shifts occur as long as the fault code is Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to ECA
Active.
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
If equipped with an Eaton PBSC:
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
- F flashes in gear display. open
- Service light flashes (if equipped). - Seal failure on 3-Way ECA Connector
If equipped with an Eaton Cobra Shift Lever or OEM - Disconnected 3-Way ECA Connector
J1939 Shift Controller:
Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to TECU
- F does not flash in gear display.
- Corroded or loose power supply connections to
- Service lamp does not flash. TECU
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive TECU
FMI 2: Communication between components is restored for - Internal failure
5 seconds. PBSC
- Internal failure

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 131


Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 30-Way Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC) Connector

132 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link

1
3

5
6
6

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body
4. ECA Shield
5. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
6. 8-Way ECA Connector
7. 2-Way ECA Connector

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 133


Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

2 1
28 27 25 31

3
4

J3 25
C1 31
F2 27
F1 28
B3 Dimmer

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. Eaton Push Button Shift Control Device (PBSC)
4. 30-Way PBSC Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

134 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16: High Integrity Link

1 2
30 29

2 2
1 1

2 1
7
6
F
G
E
C
B 29
A 30
H 13

B
C

4 3
5

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) 6. 8-Way ECA Connector


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector 7. 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body
3. 40-amp Fuse 8. 2-Way High Integrity Link (HIL) Terminating Resistor
4. In-line Fuse Holder
5. 3-Way ECA Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 135


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Identify ECA installed on transmission. Purpose: Recover ECA software.
A C
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Inspect ECA OEM Power Supply Connector, refer- Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
ence image below. complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Use ServiceRanger to program or recover the TECU
and ECA software to latest available levels.
If software does not download correctly, con-
tact Eaton at (800) 826-4357.
If software downloads correctly and Fault Code
Gen1 ECA Gen2 ECA
16 becomes Inactive, test complete. Go to
Step V.
If equipped with a Gen1 ECA, go to Step B. If software downloads correctly, but Fault
If equipped with a Gen2 ECA, go to Fault Code Code 16 remains Active, go to Step D.
86 (or 16): High Integrity Link Gen2 ECA on
page 439.

Purpose: Determine if ECA software was recently


B updated.

1. Determine if an ECA software download was per-


formed immediately before Fault Code 16 set
Active.
If an ECA software download was not recently
performed, go to Step D.
If Fault Code 16 became Active immediately
following an ECA software download, down-
load may have failed. Go to Step C.

136 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify integrity of vehicle Bulkhead Purpose: Verify Shift Control Device type.
D Connection (if equipped). E
1. Key off. 1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing. 2. Check vehicle cab to determine the type of shift
control device installed on the vehicle.
2. If vehicle is equipped with a Bulkhead Connection,
disconnect Bulkhead Connector. Inspect connector
for loose terminals, corrosion and bent or spread
pins.
3. Wiggle wiring connections to the Bulkhead Con-
nector to verify the pins are not loose and are
secure within the connector.
4. Reconnect Bulkhead Connector.
If no Bulkhead Connection is present, go to
Step E.
If damage or looseness is found, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of Bulk-
head Connection. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step E. If equipped with an Eaton PBSC, go to Step F.
If equipped with any other shift device, includ-
ing Eaton Cobra Lever or an OEM Shift Device,
go to Step M.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 137


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

5. Wiggle wiring and connections between the


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault Codes 30-Way PBSC Connector to the 38-Way Vehicle
F for vehicles equipped with an Eaton PBSC. Harness Connector at the TECU. Look for signs of
pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections are
clean and tight.
1. Retrieve fault code information from the Service
Activity Report. 6. Exit PD Mode by powering down.

If Fault Code 16 is Active, go to Step H. Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
If Fault Code 16 is Inactive, go to Step G. ing.
If any fault set Active while wiggling the ECA
Power Harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the ECA Power Har-
ness. Go to Step V.
If any fault set Active while wiggling the Trans-
mission Harness, replace Transmission Har-
Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to ness. Go to Step V.
G locate intermittent failures. If any fault set Active while wiggling the wiring
between the PBSC and TECU, refer to OEM
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. guidelines for repair or replacement of the
OEM wiring. Go to Step V.
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6. If no fault codes set Active, go to Step H.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections from the batteries


to the 3-Way Connector at the ECA. Look for signs
of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections
are clean and tight.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
Harness from the 8-Way ECA Connector to the
38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the TECU.
Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify
all connections are clean and tight.

138 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify integrity of 30-Way PBSC Purpose: Verify voltage supply to PBSC.
H Connector. I
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 30-Way PBSC Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 30-Way Pin C1 and Pin
J3. Record reading in table.
3. Inspect 30-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and
bent or spread pins.
If damage is found, refer to OEM guidelines for J3 C1
repair or replacement of 30-Way Connector
and harness. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step I.

J3 C1

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step K.
If readings are out of range, go to Step J.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C1 to J3 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 139


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


Purpose: Verify continuity of PBSC power supply ness Connector Pin 25 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
J wiring. tor Pin J3. Record reading in table.

1. Key off.
25
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. J3

3. Inspect 38-Way for loose terminals, corrosion and


bent or spread pins.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 31 and 30-Way PBSC Connec-
tor Pin C1. Record reading in table.
25 J3

31

C1 7. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
harness between TECU and PBSC. Go to Step
31 C1 V.

Pins Range Reading(s)


5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 31 and ground. Record reading 31 to C1 0.00.3 ohms
in table.
31 to Open Circuit (OL)
Ground
31

25 to J3 0.00.3 ohms

31

140 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL Positive (+) continuity between
K PBSC and TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step L.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of High
1. Key off. Integrity Link (HIL) between the PBSC and
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector TECU. Go to Step V.
from TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way TECU Vehicle Harness Connector
Pins Range Reading(s)
for loose terminals, corrosion and bent or spread
pins.
28 to F1 0.00.6 ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 28 and 30-Way PBSC Connec- 28 to Open Circuit (OL)
tor Pin F1. Record reading in table. Ground

28

F1

28 F1

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 28 and Ground. Record reading
in table.

28

28

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 141


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify HIL Negative (-) continuity Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes
L between PBSC and TECU. M for vehicles not equipped with an Eaton PBSC.

1. Key off. 1. Retrieve fault code information from the Service


Activity Report.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 27 and 30-Way PBSC Connec- If Fault Code 16 is Active, go to Step O.
tor Pin F2. Record reading in table.
If Fault Code 16 is Inactive, go to Step N.

27

F2

27 F2

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step O.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of High
Integrity Link (HIL) between the PBSC and
TECU. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

27 to F2 0.00.6 ohms

142 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to Purpose: Inspect power and ground supply to the
N locate intermittent failures. O ECA.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about 2. Inspect the ECA Power Supply Harness between
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6. the batteries and the ECA for signs of rubbing or
chafing to the wiring.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exists. 3. Inspect the ECA 40-amp In-line Fusible Link or
Fuse Holder Connections for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
3. Wiggle wiring and connections from the batteries and inspect connections at this location and at the
to the 3-Way Connector at the ECA. Look for signs battery.
of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections
are clean and tight.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
Harness from the 8-Way ECA Connector to the
38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the TECU.
Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify
all connections are clean and tight.
5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
If any fault codes set Active while wiggling the
ECA Power Harness, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of the ECA Power

+

Harness. Go to Step V.
B
If no fault codes set Active, go to Step O. C

If damage to the ECA Power Supply Harness is


found, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step P.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 143


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify condition of 3-Way ECA Purpose: Verify battery voltage at ECA.
P Connector. Q
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 3-Way ECA Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector
Pin C (Battery positive) and Pin B (Battery nega-
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
tive). Record reading in table.
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
4. Confirm the 3-Way ECA Connector has a seal plug
in Cavity A.
B
5. Inspect ECA side of 3-Way ECA Connector, verify
connector is free from any corrosion, the terminals C
are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
age to the connector body.

C B

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


A If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the ECA
Power Supply Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, go to Step R.

Pins Range Reading(s)

If damage to the 3-Way ECA Connector is C to B Within 1.2 V of


found and/or missing seal plug in Cavity A, Battery Positive
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace- (+)
ment. Go to Step V.
If damage to the ECA side of 3-Way ECA Con-
nector is found, replace ECA. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step Q.

144 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify polarity of battery voltage at ECA. Purpose: Load Test the vehicle power and ground
R S supply to the ECA.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector 2. Load test the 3-Way ECA Connector and ECA Power
Pin C (Battery positive) and ground. Record read- Supply Harness with an external load source. Use a
ing in table. sealed beam headlamp or blower motor attached to
Pin C (Battery positive) and Pin B (Battery nega-
tive). Load Test for 5 minutes to verify the harness
will carry a load with the 40-amp fuse or fusible link
installed.

B
C
C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


B C
If readings are out of range, Pin C (Battery
positive) and Pin B (Battery negative) wires are
incorrectly pinned in the ECA 3-Way Connec- 3. Wiggle the ECA Power Supply Harness during the
tor. Refer to OEM requirements for repair or Load Test from the vehicle batteries to ECA.
replacement. Go to Step V.
If the ECA Power Supply Harness does not
If readings are in range, go to Step S. carry a load, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
or replacement. Go to Step V.
If the ECA Power Supply Harness carries a
Pins Range Reading(s)
load, go to Step T.

C to Within 1.2 V of
Ground Battery Positive
(+)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 145


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify condition of 8-Way ECA Connector. Purpose: Verify Ignition Voltage to ECA.
T U
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 8-Way ECA Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 8-Way ECA Pin H and
ground. Record reading in table.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
4. Inspect ECA side of 8-Way ECA Connector, verify
connector is free from any corrosion, the terminals
are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
age to the connector body.
5. Inspect the Transmission Harness from the TECU
to the 8-Way ECA Connector. Look for signs of H
rubbed or chafed wiring. H

If damage is found to the 8-Way ECA Connec-


tor, replace Transmission Harness. Go to Step 3. Compare reading(s) in table.
V. If readings are in range, go to Step W.
If damage is found to the ECA side of 8-Way If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
ECA Connector, replace ECA. Go to Step V. sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step U.

Pins Range Reading(s)

H to Ground Within 1.2 V of


Battery Voltage

146 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL Positive (+) continuity between
W ECA and TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step X.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
30 to A 0.00.6 ohms
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
30 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 30 and 8-Way ECA Connec-
tor Pin A. Record reading in table.

30

A
30 A

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 30 and ground. Record
reading in table.

30

30

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 147


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL Negative (-) continuity
X between ECA and TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step Y.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 29 and 8-Way ECA Connec- Pins Range Reading(s)
tor Pin B. Record reading in table.
29 to B 0.00.6 ohms

29 29 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

B
29 B

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 29 and ground. Record
reading in table.

29

29

148 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting

9. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL circuit resistance.
Y If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace ECA. Go to
1. Key off. Step V.
2. Reconnect 3-Way ECA Connector.
3. Reconnect 8-Way ECA Connector.
Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Reconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. 1 to 2 (with 5070 ohms
Eaton PBSC)
5. Locate and remove the 2-Way HIL Terminating
Resistor from the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Con-
nector Body wired into the 8-Way ECA Connector 1 to 2 (without 110130 ohms
(Transmission Harness). Eaton PBSC)

Note: Reference the Component Identification sec-


tion.
6. Inspect the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector
Body for damage and bent, spread, corroded or
loose terminals.
7. Measure resistance at the 2-Way Terminating
Resistor Connector Body wired into the 8-way ECA Purpose: Verify repair.
Connector (Transmission Harness) between Pin 1 V
and Pin 2. Record reading in table.
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
1 2
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
1 2
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
Note: The resistance of the HIL varies based on the ates properly, test complete.
transmission shift device equipped in the vehicle.
If Fault Code 16 sets Active, contact Eaton at
8. Reinstall the 2-Way HIL Terminating Resistor into (800) 826-4357 for further diagnostics.
the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body.
If a fault code other than 16 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 149


Fault Code 16 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

150 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay

Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay


J1587: MID 130 SID 237 FMI 3, 4, 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 1321 FMI 3, 4, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


Vehicles with an Fuller Advantage transmission are required FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TECU
to disable engine cranking when the transmission is in a detects a short to voltage or an open circuit for at least 1
non-neutral gear position. Some vehicles prevent non-neu- second.
tral engine cranking through the use of a normally open
Start Enable Relay actuated by the Transmission Electronic FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU
Control Unit (TECU) to interrupt power to the Starter. Other detects a short to ground for at least 1 second.
vehicles require the TECU to send a transmission engine FMI 14 Special Instructions: TECU detects an engine
crank enable message over the J1939 Data Link before the start when the Start Enable Relay was not intentionally
engine ECU will allow cranking. The Start Enable Relay cir- latched. This is typically an indication that the Start Enable
cuit is supplied and wired by the OEM. Relay circuit is incorrectly wired or bypassed (jumped).
For vehicles equipped with a physical Start Enable Relay cir-
cuit, the relay will only latch when the following three condi- Fallback
tions exist: FMI 3, 4:

Driver Interface Device is in the neutral position. F flashes in gear display.

Transmission has confirmed that it is physically in Service light flashes (if equipped).
neutral. Engine will not crank.
Engine is not running. FMI 14:
Under these conditions the TECU supplies a voltage source F flashes in gear display.
and a ground path to the Start Enable Relay coil, latching
the relay. The latched relay allows Engine-Starter engage- Service light flashes (if equipped).
ment when the ignition key is turned to the crank position. If the Start Enable Relay circuit is incorrectly wired
If these conditions are not met, the TECU removes the volt- or bypassed (jumped), the TECU may not be able to
age source and ground path to the Start Enable Relay, prevent the engine from cranking when the trans-
opening the relay and preventing engagement of the Starter. mission is in a non-neutral position.

Fault Code 17 indicates that an electrical failure in the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Start-Enable Relay circuit was detected. The fault will not FMI 3, 4: An electrical short or open circuit is not detected
set on vehicles that use J1939 messaging to enable engine for 2 seconds.
cranking.
FMI 14: Start Enable Relay wiring issue is corrected and
Detection Start Enable Relay fault code is unlatched.
This fault can only be detected on transmission systems
that are configured for Start Enable Relay. When the ignition
key is on, the engine is not running, and the Start Enable
Relay coil is not latched, this fault can be detected.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 151


Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4:

Start Enable Relay


- Internal Failure
Start Enable Relay Wiring
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
TECU
- Internal Failure
FMI 14:

Start Enable Relay


- Internal Failure
Start Enable Relay Wiring
- Incorrectly wired
- Bypassed (jumped) Start Enable Relay circuit

152 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 153


Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

2 1
4 26 32

4 3

87 Starter
87 26
86 32
85 4
30 IGN

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

154 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17: Start Enable Relay

1 + 2 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 32 26 4 32 26

3 + 4 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 32 26 4 32 26

Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)


1. Open Relay - Key On and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
2. Open Relay - Key Start and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
3. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral
4. Closed Relay - Key Start and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 155


Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting

A Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. B Purpose: Procedure to set FMI 14 Inactive.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
2. Key off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Verify the Start Enable Relay circuit is correctly
Note: If Fault Code 17 is Inactive and engine
connected and wired per the wiring diagram. Con-
cranks, but does not run, troubleshoot vehicle
sult OEM for specific wire routing locations. Cor-
engine system per OEM recommendations.
rect wire routing if necessary.
Note: Some OEMs and chassis may use an 4. Key on with engine off.
alternate wiring pattern, which may include the use
of a second relay for other vehicle systems. Please 5. Wait for Neutral (N) to appear in the gear display
consult chassis specific OEM wiring schematics
and verify which relay is in place for the Eaton
automated transmission.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is Active, go to Step B.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is Inactive, Start
Enable Relay may have been incorrectly wired 6. Turn and hold the key in the crank position for 5
and repaired or bypassed (jumped). Test com- seconds. A momentary crank should occur, but will
plete, go to Step V. be interrupted after 0.5 second. This test verifies
the transmission can interrupt the Start Enable
If Fault Code 17 FMI 3 or 4 is Active, go to Relay circuit. The system does not allow engine
Step D. cranking until the next power-up cycle.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 3 or 4 is Inactive, go to 7. Key off.
Step C.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
8. Key on with engine off.
9. Connect ServiceRanger.
10. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is now Inactive and the
engine will now crank, Start Enable Relay may
have been incorrectly wired and repaired or
bypassed (jumped). Test complete, go to Step
V.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is Active or engine will
not crank, go to Step F.

156 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting

C Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-


cate intermittent failures. D Purpose: Verify Start Enable Type (Relay or J1939)
configured in the TECU and installed on the vehicle.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about ! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6 form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Wiggle Start Enable Relay wiring from the 38-Way 4. Select Configuration.
Vehicle Harness Connector to the Start Enable
Relay. Look for signs of rubbing or chafing. Consult 5. Select Vehicle.
OEM for specific wire routing locations. 6. Record the Current Value for the Start Enable
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down. Type.

! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- 7. Record the Start Enable Type installed on the
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- vehicle.
ceeding. Note: The vehicle's Start Enable Type (hardwired
If Fault Code 17 became Active during wiggle relay or J1939 controlled), is determined by the
wire test, repair or replace the Start Enable OEM. Refer to the OEM regarding Start Enable
Relay wiring per OEM requirements. go to Type installed on the vehicle.
Step V. 8. Compare reading(s) in table.
If Fault Code 17 remains Inactive, go to Step If Start Enable Type is configured correctly,
E. go to Step E.
If Start Enable Type is not configured cor-
rectly, select the correct configuration from the
New Value drop down, select Apply and
follow on screen prompt. Go to Step V.

Location Start Enable Type

TECU (ServiceRanger)

Vehicle

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 157


Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

E Purpose: Verify proper voltage is supplied to the


Start Enable Relay.

1. Key off.
2. Remove Start Enable Relay
3. Inspect Relay Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Wait for Neutral (N) to appear in the gear display.
Note: Flashing F may appear in the gear display.
6. Measure voltage between Start Enable Relay socket
Pin 86 (power) and Pin 85 (ground). Record read-
ing(s) in table.

85 86

85 86

7. Compare reading(s) in table.


If all readings are in range, go to Step F.
If any readings are out of range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

Within 1.5 V of
85 to 86
Battery Voltage

158 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

F Purpose: Verify the proper resistance of the Start


Enable Relay.
If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, replace Start
Enable Relay. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Determine if vehicle uses a 12-volt or a 24-volt
electrical system. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Measure the resistance across relay Pin 85 and Pin
12 V System
86. Record reading(s) in table.
40200 Ohms
Note: The allowable relay resistance range is differ- 85 to 86
ent for 12-volt and 24-volt systems. 24 V System
40500 Ohms

86 85 30 to 87 Open Circuit (OL)

86 85

4. Measure the resistance across relay Pin 30 and Pin


87. Record reading(s) in table.

87

30
30 87

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 159


Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

7. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 26 and Start Enable Relay
G Purpose: Verify connection across the Start Enable
Relay circuit wiring. Socket Pin 87. Record reading(s) in table.

1. Key off. 26
2. Disconnect the 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
at the TECU. 87

3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and


bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Remove the Start Enable Relay.
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 32 and Start Enable Relay
socket Pin 86. Record reading(s) in table. 26 87

32
8. Compare reading(s) in table.
86 If all readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Start Enable Relay wiring per OEM guide-
lines. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)


32 86

VH 32 to SER 86 0.00.3 Ohms

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- VH 4 to SER 85 0.00.3 Ohms


ness Connector Pin 4 and Start Enable Relay socket
Pin 85. Record reading(s) in table. VH 26 to SER 87 0.00.3 Ohms

85

4 85

160 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

H Purpose: Measure Start Enable Relay wiring (-) for


indications of a short to ground or short to power.
If all readings are in range, go to Step I.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to
1. Key off. Step V.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 4 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table. Pins Range Reading(s)

4 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)


4
4 to Battery
Open Circuit (OL)
Positive (+)

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


4 and Battery Positive (+). Record reading(s) in
table.

+ 4

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 161


Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

I Purpose: Measure Start Enable Relay wiring (+) for


indications of a short to ground or short to power.
If all readings are in range, go to Step J.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to
1. Key off. Step V.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 32 and ground. Record read-
ing(s) in table. Pins Range Reading(s)

32 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)


32
32 to Battery
Open Circuit (OL)
Positive (+)

32

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-


ness Connector Pin 32 and Battery Positive (+).
Record reading(s) in table.

32

+ 32

162 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting

J Purpose: Test the latch side of the Start Enable Re-


lay circuit for a short to power. K Purpose: Determine which FMI was set in Step A.

1. Key off. 1. Verify which FMI was set for Fault Code 17 in Step
A.
2. Measure voltage between Start Enable Relay socket
Pin 87 and ground. Record reading(s) in table. If Fault Code 17 FMI 3 or 4 was set, go to Step
L.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 was set, go to Step M.
87

87
L Purpose: Verify wiring and test Start Enable Relay
Circuit.

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
If all readings are in range, go to Step K.
2. Key off.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
the Start Enable Relay Latch wire per OEM 3. Verify the Start Enable Relay circuit is correctly
guidelines. Go to Step V. connected and wired per the wiring diagram. Con-
sult OEM for specific wire routing locations. Cor-
rect wire routing if necessary.
Pins Range Reading(s) 4. Key on with engine off.
5. Wait for Neutral (N) to appear in the gear display.
87 to Ground Less than 0.5 volt

6. Attempt to crank the engine.


If Fault Code 17 FMI 3 or 4 is now Inactive and
the engine will now crank, no problem was
found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the Start
Enable Relay wiring. Contact OEM for further
help troubleshooting the wiring. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 3 or 4 is Active, replace
TECU. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 163


Fault Code 17 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

M Purpose: Procedure to set FMI 14 Inactive. V Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Key off. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Verify the Start Enable Relay circuit is correctly
connected and wired per the wiring diagram. Con- 3. Key on.
sult OEM for specific wire routing locations. Cor-
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
rect wire routing if necessary.
5. Test the Start Enable Relay system by attempting to
4. Key on with engine off.
crank the Starter multiple times. Verify that the
5. Wait for Neutral (N) to appear in the gear display. starting system operates properly.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger:
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 17 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
6. Turn and hold the key in the crank position for 5
seconds. A momentary crank should occur, but will If a fault code other than 17 sets Active, trou-
be interrupted after 0.5 second. This test verifies bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
the transmission can interrupt the Start Enable Index on page 14.
Relay circuit. The system does not allow engine
cranking until the next power-up cycle.
7. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
8. Key on with engine off.
9. Connect ServiceRanger.
10. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is now Inactive and the
engine will now crank, no problem was found.
Test complete, go to Step V.
If Fault Code 17 FMI 14 is Active, replace
TECU. Go to Step V.

164 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19: CAN ECA Message

Fault Code 19: CAN ECA Message


J1587: MID 130 SID 248 FMI 9
J1939: SA 3 SPN 520273 FMI 9

Overview Possible Causes


The High Integrity Link (HIL) is a Controller Area Network FMI 9
(CAN) high-speed proprietary data link that communicates
data between the Transmission Electronic Control Unit Vehicle Power and Ground Supply to ECA
(TECU), Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA), and if equipped, - Poor power or ground supply
Eaton Push Button Shift Control (PBSC). The portion of the - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
HIL that connects the TECU to the ECA is contained within
the Transmission Harness. The portion of the HIL that con- - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
nects the TECU to the PBSC is contained within the Vehicle open
Harness. Fault Code 19 indicates a loss of communication - Seal failure on 3-Way ECA Connector
between the TECU and ECA. - Disconnected 3-Way ECA Connector
Detection Vehicle Batteries
The TECU monitors communication with the ECA over the - Internal failure
HIL. If the TECU loses communication with the ECA, Fault Transmission Harness
Code 19 sets Active.
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active open
FMI 9 Abnormal Update Rate: TECU loses communica- - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
tion with the ECA for 2 seconds or longer. - Seal failure in 8-Way ECA Connector
Fallback - Loss of ignition voltage to ECA before power up
FMI 9 ECA

F flashes in gear display. - Failed ECA software download

Service light flashes (if equipped). - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals

Engine cranks and starts. - Contamination in 3-Way ECA Connector

Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral. - Contamination in 8-Way ECA Connector

ECA may maintain the current clutch position using - Internal failure
the clutch holding device.
ECA may move the clutch to the last position com-
manded by the TECU.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 9: TECU establishes communication with the ECA for 4
seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 165


Fault Code 19: CAN ECA Message | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1
3

5
6
6

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body
4. ECA Shield
5. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
6. 8-Way ECA Connector
7. 2-Way ECA Connector

166 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19: CAN ECA Message

1 2
30 29

2 2
1 1

2 1
7
6
F
G
E
C
B 29
A 30
H 13

B
C

4 3
5

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) 6. 8-Way ECA Connector


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector 7. 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body
3. 40-amp Fuse 8. 2-Way High Integrity Link (HIL) Terminating Resistor
4. In-line Fuse Holder
5. 3-Way ECA Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 167


Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Identify ECA installed on transmission. Purpose: Determine if ECA software was recently
A B updated.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Determine if an ECA software download was per-
formed immediately before Fault Code 19 set
2. Inspect ECA OEM Power Supply Connector, refer-
Active.
ence image below.
Note: If an ECA software download fails to com-
plete, the transmission will set Fault Code 19 and
may also set Fault Code 16.
If an ECA software download was not recently
performed, go to Step D.
If Fault Code 19 became Active immediately
following an ECA software download, down-
load may have failed. go to Step C.

Gen1 ECA Gen2 ECA

If equipped with a Gen1 ECA, go to Step B.


If equipped with a Gen2 ECA, go to Fault Code
89 (or 19): CAN ECA Message Gen2 ECA on
Purpose: Recover ECA software.
page 459. C
1. Key off.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
2. Key on with engine off.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Use ServiceRanger to program or recover the TECU
and ECA software to latest available levels.
If software does not download correctly, con-
tact Eaton at (800) 826-4357.
If software downloads correctly and Fault Code
19 becomes Inactive, test complete. Go to
Step V.
If software downloads correctly, but Fault
Code 19 remains Active, go to Step D.

168 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Shift Control Device type. Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes
D E for vehicles equipped with an Eaton PBSC.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Retrieve fault code information from the Service
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity Activity Report.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
If Fault Code 16 is Active, troubleshoot per
2. Check vehicle cab to determine the type of Shift Fault Code Isolation Procedure.
Control Device installed on the vehicle.
If Fault Code 19 is Active and Fault Code 16 is
Inactive or not set, go to Step H.
If Fault Code 19 is Inactive, go to Step G.

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes


F for vehicles equipped with an Eaton Shift Lever or
an OEM Shift Device.

1. Retrieve fault code information from the Service


If equipped with an Eaton PBSC, go to Step E. Activity Report.
If equipped with any other shift device, includ- If Fault Code 19 is Active, go to Step H.
ing an Eaton Cobra Lever or an OEM Shift
If Fault Code 19 is Inactive, go to Step G.
Device, go to Step F.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 169


Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo- Purpose: Inspect power and ground supply to the
G cate intermittent failures. H ECA.

1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.


2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about 2. Inspect the ECA Power Supply Harness between
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6. the batteries and the ECA for signs of rubbing or
chafing to the wiring.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist. 3. Inspect the ECA 40-amp In-line Fusible Link or
Fuse Holder Connections for damage and bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
3. Wiggle wiring and connections from the batteries battery.
to the 3-Way Connector at the ECA. Look for signs
of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections
are clean and tight.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
Harness from the 8-Way ECA Connector to the
38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector at the TECU.
5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
3-Way Connector to the ECA, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the ECA
Power Harness. Go to Step V.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
+

Transmission Harness, replace Transmission B


C
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active, go to Step H.

If damage to the ECA Power Supply Harness is


found, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step I.

170 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify condition of 3-Way ECA Purpose: Verify battery voltage at ECA.
I Connector. J
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 3-Way ECA Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector
Pin C (Battery positive) and Pin B (Battery nega-
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
tive). Record reading in table.
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
4. Confirm the 3-Way ECA Connector has a seal plug
in Cavity A.
B
5. Inspect ECA side of 3-Way ECA Connector, verify
connector is free from any corrosion, the terminals C
are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam-
age to the connector body.

C B

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


A If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the ECA
Power Supply Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, go to Step K.

Pins Range Reading(s)

If damage to the 3-Way ECA Connector is C to B Within 1.2 V of


found and/or missing seal plug in Cavity A, Battery Positive
refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace- (+)
ment. Go to Step V.
If damage to the ECA side of 3-Way ECA Con-
nector is found, replace ECA. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step J.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 171


Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify polarity of battery voltage at ECA. Purpose: Load Test the vehicle power and ground
K L supply to the ECA.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Measure voltage between 3-Way ECA Connector 2. Load test the 3-Way ECA Connector and ECA Power
Pin C (Battery positive) and ground. Record read- Supply Harness with an external load source. Use a
ing(s) in table. sealed beam headlamp or blower motor attached to
Pin C (Battery positive) and Pin B (Battery nega-
tive). Load Test for 5 minutes to verify the harness
will carry a load with the 40-amp fuse or fusible link
installed.

B
C
C

3. Compare reading in table.


B C
If readings are out of range, Pin C (Battery
positive) and Pin B (Battery negative) wires are
incorrectly pinned in the ECA 3-Way Connec- 3. Wiggle the ECA Power Supply Harness during the
tor. Refer to OEM requirements for repair or Load Test from the vehicle batteries to ECA.
replacement. Go to Step V.
If the ECA Power Supply Harness does not
If readings are in range, go to Step L. carry a load, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
or replacement. Go to Step V.
If the ECA Power Supply Harness carries a
Pins Range Reading(s)
load, go to Step M.

C to Within 1.2 V of
Ground Battery Positive
(+)

172 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify condition of 8-Way ECA Connector. Purpose: Verify ignition voltage to ECA.
M N
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 8-Way ECA Connector. 2. Measure voltage between 8-Way ECA Pin H and
ground. Record reading in table.
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
4. Inspect the Transmission Harness from the TECU
to the 8-Way ECA Connector. Look for signs of
rubbed or chafed wiring.
5. Inspect ECA side of 8-Way ECA Connector, verify
connector is free from any corrosion, the terminals
are not bent, spread or loose; and there is no dam- H
age to the connector body. H

If damage is found to the 8-Way ECA Connec-


tor, replace Transmission Harness. Go to Step
3. Compare reading(s) in table.
V.
If readings are in range, go to Step O.
If damage is found to the ECA side of 8-Way
ECA Connector, replace ECA. Go to Step V. If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If no damage is found, go to Step N.

Pins Range Reading(s)

H to Ground Within 1.2 V of


Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 173


Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL positive (+) continuity between
O ECA and TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step P.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Verify connector is free from any corrosion; the ter-
30 to A 0.00.6 ohms
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector body.
30 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 30 and 8-Way ECA Connec-
tor Pin A. Record reading in table.

30

A
30 A

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 30 and ground. Record
reading in table.

30

30

174 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL negative (-) continuity between
P ECA and TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step Q.
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 29 and 8-Way ECA Connec- Pins Range Reading(s)
tor Pin B. Record reading in table.
29 to B 0.00.6 ohms

29 29 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

B
29 B

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 29 and ground. Record
reading in table.

29

29

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 175


Fault Code 19 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

9. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify HIL circuit resistance.
Q If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, replace ECA.Go to
1. Key off. Step V.
2. Reconnect 3-Way ECA Connector.
3. Reconnect 8-Way ECA Connector.
Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Reconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. 1 to 2 (with 5070 ohms
Eaton PBSC)
5. Locate and remove the 2-Way HIL Terminating
Resistor from the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Con-
nector Body wired into the 8-Way ECA Connector 1 to 2 (without 110130 ohms
(Transmission Harness). Eaton PBSC)

Note: Reference the Component Identification sec-


tion.
6. Inspect the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector
Body for damage and bent, spread, corroded or
loose terminals.
Purpose: Verify repair.
7. Measure resistance at the 2-Way Terminating
Resistor Connector Body wired into the 8-way ECA
V
Connector (Transmission Harness) between Pin 1
and Pin 2. Record reading in table. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
1 2
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
1 2
If no codes set Active and vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
Note: The resistance of the HIL varies based on the If Fault Code 19 sets Active contact Eaton at
transmission shift device equipped in the vehicle. 1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostics.
8. Reinstall the 2-Way HIL Terminating Resistor into If a fault code other than 19 sets Active, trou-
the 2-Way Terminating Resistor Connector Body. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

176 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21: Auto-Neutral Park Brake Switch

Fault Code 21: Auto-Neutral Park Brake Switch


J1587: MID 130 PID 70 FMI 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 70 FMI 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with an FMI 14: Park Brake Switch circuit operates normally for 6
auto-neutral function. This function shifts the transmission seconds or after a power cycle.
to neutral when the vehicle is brought to a complete stop
while the transmission is in gear and the park brake is set. Possible Causes
Fault Code 21 indicates a problem with the Auto-Neutral FMI 14
Park Brake Switch circuit.
Park Brake Switch
Detection - Normally open park brake switch installed on
The TECU has two options that can be configured depend- chassis (Normally closed is required)
ing on component setup. For a TECU configured for a - Internal failure
Hard-Wired Park Brake Switch, this fault can be detected
anytime the ignition key is on. For a TECU configured for a Park Brake Switch Configuration
J1939 Park Brake Switch input, the fault can be detected - Incorrect configuration setting
anytime the J1939 communicates to the TECU from a chas- Vehicle Harness
sis module (e.g., Cab Controller, Engine, etc).
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active open
FMI 14 Special Instructions: Park Brake Switch is set and - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
one of the following are true: J1939 Data Link
Vehicle is moving 11 MPH or greater for more than - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
9 seconds. open
Hard-wired Park Brake Switch and J1939 Park - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Brake Switch values do not match for more than 3 Operator Influence
seconds.
- Not setting Park Brake Switch
Note: The fault can also set anytime the Park Brake
Switch status remains released for five consecutive
power-up and power-down cycles.

Fallback
FMI 14

Remote Throttle and Split Shaft PTO (if equipped)


may be inoperative if the TECU cannot determine if
the park brake is set.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 177


Fault Code 21: Auto-Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

2 1
33 19

6
3

4 3
4

19
33

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Park Brake Switch Connector
4. 2-Way Park Brake Switch
5. Air Supply
3. To Park Brake System

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

178 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 21 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Verify if a physical Park Brake Switch is Purpose: Confirm operation of the TECU
A installed on the chassis. C Hard-Wired Park Brake Switch.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key off.


rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
2. Disconnect 2-Way Park Brake Switch Connector at
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
the Park Brake Switch.
2. Inspect the vehicle to determine if the Park Brake
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
Switch is physically hard-wired to the TECU or
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
broadcast over the J1939 Data Link.
4. Key on with engine off.
Note: If Fault Code 21 is Inactive and there are
other Active fault codes, troubleshoot all other 5. Measure voltage across 2-Way Vehicle Harness
Active fault codes first. Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading(s) in
table.
If the Park Brake Switch is directly hard-wired
to the TECU, Go to Step B.
If the Park Brake Switch is broadcast over the
J1939 Data Link, go to Step D.

C D
C D

Purpose: Determine if the Hard-Wired Park Brake


B Switch configuration matches the Hard-Wired
Brake Switch installation.
6. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of Park Brake
1. Key on with engine off. Wiring and Switch. Go to Step V.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
3. In ServiceRanger, go to Configuration. guidelines for repair or replacement of Vehicle
Harness between TECU and Park Brake
4. Record current value of the Hard-Wired Park Brake Switch. Go to Step V.
Switch.
Note: Reference the ServiceRanger User Guide
(TCMT0072) for more information about the use of Pins Range Reading(s)
ServiceRanger.
C to D 4.05.0 V
If the current value is Installed, go to Step C.
If the current value is Not Installed, change
value to Installed. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 179


Fault Code 21 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Determine if the Park Brake Switch Purpose: Verify repair.


D configuration matches the J1939 Brake Switch V
installation.
1. Key off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
2. Connect ServiceRanger. nents are properly installed.
3. In ServiceRanger, go to Configuration. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Record current value of the Hard-Wired Park Brake 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Switch.
5. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
Note: Reference the ServiceRanger User Guide duplicate the previous complaint.
(TCMT0072) for more information about the use of
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
If the current value is Not Installed, refer to
ates properly, test complete.
OEM guidelines for diagnosing the J1939 Park
Brake Switch. If Fault Code 21 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If the current value is Installed, change the
value to Not Installed. Go to Step V. If a fault code other than 21 sets Active during
the test, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 14.

180 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22: ABS CAN Message

Fault Code 22: ABS CAN Message


J1587: MID 130 PID 49 FMI 9, 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 563 FMI 9, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with Hill All FMIs: TECU establishes communication with the ABS
Start Aid (HSA) which prevents roll-back and roll-forward module and the ABS module communicates that HSA is
while launching on grades that are 1% and greater. The available.
HSA holds for 3 seconds using vehicle foundation wheel
brakes. The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) Possible Causes
and ABS Module communicate over the J1939 Data Link FMI 9
and control the HSA function. Fault Code 22 sets if the
TECU loses communication with the ABS or the ABS com- J1939 Data Link
municates that the HSA is not available. - J1939 Data Link damage between TECU and
ABS module
Detection - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
The TECU communicates with the ABS module over the
J1939 Data Link. If communication is lost with the ABS - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
module or the ABS module broadcasts a message indicat- open
ing HSA is not available, this fault sets Active. FMI 14

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active ABS System


FMI 9 Abnormal Update Rate: TECU detects a loss of - ABS component or system fault code
communication with the ABS Module over the J1939 Data - ABS module does not support or is not config-
Link for 5 seconds while other J1939 devices are still com- ured for HSA
municating with the TECU.
- ABS module internal failure
FMI 14 Special Instructions: TECU receives a message HSA Disable Switch
from the ABS Module, over the J1939 Data Link, that the
HSA function is not available. - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Fallback open
All FMIs - Internal failure
Hill Start Aid is inoperative.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 181


Fault Code 22: ABS CAN Message | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

Refer to OEM guidelines for proper documentation.

182 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 22 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive ABS fault Purpose: Verify repair.
A codes. V
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.
Note: Fault Code 22 indicates an issue with com- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
munication between the transmission and ABS nents are properly installed.
module over the J1939 Data Link or an issue with
3. Key on with engine off.
the HSA Disable Switch. All wiring and pin outs for
connectors are OEM proprietary. Refer to OEM 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
guidelines for proper documentation.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code or
2. Retrieve and record ABS fault codes using an duplicate the previous complaint.
OEM-approved diagnostic tool. 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If the ABS diagnostic tool can not communi- If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
cate with the ABS system, troubleshoot the erly, test complete.
ABS issue per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 22 sets Active during the test
If no ABS fault codes are set, inspect HSA Dis- drive, go to Step A.
able Switch for proper operation per OEM
guidelines. Go to Step V. If a fault code other than 22 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Note: If there are no ABS, J1939 communica- Index on page 14.
tion or HSA Disable Switch issues, refer to
OEM guidelines for troubleshooting intermit-
tent ABS, J1939 communication or HSA Dis-
able Switch issues.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 183


Fault Code 22 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

184 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 23: Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal

Fault Code 23: Urge to Move Brake Switch Signal


J1939 SA 3 SPN 116 FMI 31
SPN 521 FMI 13
SPN 520215 FMI 14
Overview Possible Causes
The Fuller Advantage transmission may be configured with FMI 13:
the Urge to Move (UTM) feature. If enabled and the trans-
mission is in gear, UTM allows the vehicle to start moving Brake or Vehicle Controller (OEM determined)
after the vehicle service brake is released without having to - Component and/or system fault
depress the accelerator pedal. The UTM feature requires a J1939 Data Link
primary on/off brake switch signal and one of two second-
ary brake signal messages to function. The brake signal - J1939 Data Link damage between TECU and
messages are broadcast via J1939 to the Transmission Brake or Vehicle Controller
Electronic Control Unit (TECU). - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Detection
open
The TECU communicates with the vehicle over the J1939
Data Link. If the vehicle secondary brake signal messages FMI 14:
are not received, the fault sets active.
Vehicle not equipped with brake signal messages
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active required to support UTM.
FMI 13 Out of Calibration: UTM is enabled and the TECU or
at one point received the Brake Pedal Position signal Brake Pedal Position or Brake Application Pressure
message but has not been received in 5 seconds or signal message never received.
received in error.
FMI 31:
FMI 14 Special Instructions: UTM is enabled and the
TECU has never received the Brake Pedal Position or Brake Vehicle Controller (OEM determined)
Application Pressure signal messages in 5 seconds. - Component and/or System fault

FMI 31 Condition Exists: UTM is enabled and the TECU at J1939 Data Link
one point received the Brake Application Pressure signal - J1939 Data Link damage between TECU and
message but has not been received in 5 seconds or Vehicle Controller
received in error. - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Fallback - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
All FMIs: open

Urge to Move is inoperative.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


All FMIs:

Key off, TECU powered down, key on and one of


the two secondary brake signal messages are avail-
able.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 185


Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
If Fault Code 35 or 36 is Active, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.
If Fault Code 23 FMI 13 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step B.
If Fault Code 23 FMI 31 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step C.
If Fault Code 23 FMI 14 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step D.

186 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting

13. Depress and hold service brake, monitor Ser-


Purpose: Monitor Brake Pedal Position. viceRanger, and record Brake pedal position value
B (reading) in table.

! Important: The Brake pedal position value may


1. Key off. not be indicated in all the sources selected. Only
one valid Brake pedal position value is required to
2. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. support UTM.
3. Key on with engine running.
14. Compare reading(s) in table.
4. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
If reading(s) are in range, no problem was
5. Key off. found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the Brake
6. Key on, engine off.
Pedal Position signal. Contact the OEM for fur-
7. Connect ServiceRanger. ther help troubleshooting the issue.
8. Select Data Monitor. If reading(s) is out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
9. Select Position.
Brake Pedal Position signal. Go to Step V.
10. Select Brake pedal position.
11. Select all of the SPN 521 sources.
Service Brake Range Reading(s)
12. Service brake released, monitor ServiceRanger and State
record Brake pedal position value in table.
Released 0%

Depressed Greater than 0%

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 187


Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

13. Depress and hold service brake, monitor Ser-


Purpose: Monitor Brake Application Pressure. viceRanger, and record Brake application pres-
C sure value (reading) in table.

! Important: The Brake application pressure value


1. Key off. may not be indicated in all the sources selected.
Only one valid Brake application pressure value is
2. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. required to support UTM.
3. Key on with engine running.
14. Compare reading(s) in table.
4. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. If reading(s) are in range, no problem was
5. Key off. found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the Brake
6. Key on, engine off.
Application Pressure signal. Contact the OEM
7. Connect ServiceRanger. for further help troubleshooting the issue.
8. Select Data Monitor. If reading(s) is out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
9. Select Pressure.
Brake Application Pressure signal. Go to Step
10. Select Brake application pressure. V.
11. Select all of the SPN 116 sources.
12. Service brake released, monitor ServiceRanger and Service Brake Range Reading(s)
record Brake application pressure value (reading) State
in table.
Released 0 PSI

Depressed Greater than 0 PSI

188 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Contact OEM regarding brake signal Purpose: Validate repair.


D messages availability. V
1. Contact OEM regarding availability of Brake Pedal 1. Key off.
Position SPN 521 or Brake Application Pres-
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
sure SPN 116 signals on the vehicle.
nents are properly installed.
! Important: If UTM was just enabled the vehicle may 3. Key on with engine off.
not be equipped with the required secondary brake
signal messages to support the feature. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.

If one or both brake signals are available, con- 5. Key on with engine idling.
figure vehicle per OEM guidelines and perform 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger:
a TECU power down. Go to Step V.
If no codes set and the vehicle operates prop-
If both secondary brake signal messages are erly, test complete.
not available, the vehicle does not support
UTM. Disable UTM, Go to Step V. If Fault Code 23 sets active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 23 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 189


Fault Code 23 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

190 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 25: No Faults Found

Fault Code 25: No Faults Found


J1587: MID 130 SID 254 FMI 1
J1939: SA 3 SPN 629 FMI 1

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


Fault Code 25 indicates the TECU has determined that all FMI 1: This fault code is never set Inactive.
transmission functions are operating normally and the
transmission currently has no logged fault codes. Possible Causes
FMI 1
Detection
Fault Code 25 is a TECU self-check and should be present None
when no other fault codes have been logged. This condition
is normal and means that there are no failed circuits or Component Identification
components. Fault Code 25 will not display when verifying None
fault codes with ServiceRanger, but may appear when using
the key-clicks method to verify fault codes.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 1 Data Valid But Below Normal: All systems report
no fault codes.

Fallback
FMI 1

No fallback mode is associated with this fault.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 191


Fault Code 25 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 25 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Note: Fault code 25 is a TECU self-check and is
present only when using the key-clicks method of
retrieving fault codes and when no other fault
codes have been logged. This condition is normal
and means that there are no failed circuits or com-
ponents.
If fault codes are present in ServiceRanger,
use the Diagnostic Procedure on page 11 to
match transmission fault codes to vehicle
symptoms for troubleshooting.
If no fault codes are present, test complete.

192 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26: Clutch Slip

Fault Code 26: Clutch Slip


J1587: MID 130 SID 55 FMI 10
J1939: SA 3 SPN 522 FMI 10

Overview Possible Causes


The Fuller Advantage Transmission is equipped with a FMI 10
Heavy Duty Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) Clutch. The
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) monitors Clutch
engine speed and Input Shaft Speed Sensor values to calcu- - Excessive release bearing greasing
late clutch slip. Fault Code 26 indicates that a clutch slip - Contamination from oil leaks
event has occurred.
- Wear or damage
Detection - Damage due to excessive abuse
The TECU calculates a significant variance between the - Clutch adjustment mechanism not functioning
engine speed and Input Shaft Speed Sensor values. properly.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Clutch worn out
FMI 10 Abnormal Rate of Change: The TECU monitors OEM Engine
and compares both Input Shaft Speed and engine speed. If - Intermittent loss of engine speed over the J1939
the TECU calculates that engine speed is greater than Input data link
Shaft Speed by over 150 RPM and remains at 50 RPM or
higher for 1.3 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 10

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
During a slip event the engine torque will be
decreased.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 10: Ignition key is turned off and TECU is powered
down.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 193


Fault Code 26: Clutch Slip | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

Eaton ECA Clutch


1. Clutch Wear Tab
2. Release Bearing
3. Release Bearing Grease Zerk

194 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta
A B (IBkTp Delta).

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key on with engine off.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
2. With ServiceRanger connected, select Vehicle
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Data Monitor.
2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
3. Select J1939 Clutch Actuator and review figure
3. Key on with engine running. Run engine for 2 under Clutch Inertia Brake TP Delta. Record this
minutes. figure in table.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. If readings are greater than 27, go to Step D.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes If readings are 27 or less, go to Step C.
and FMIs and their occurrences and timestamps.
6. Retrieve and record fault codes from the engine,
ABS, and other vehicle systems using the Parameter Range Reading(s)
OEM-specific diagnostic scan tool.
Clutch Inertia 27
! Important: If an issue with the J1939 Data Link is TP Delta
present this fault can be set falsely.
If non-transmission fault codes related to the
J1939 Data Link are present, troubleshoot per
OEM guidelines.
If transmission Fault Code 35, Fault Code 36 or
Fault Code 64 are present, troubleshoot per
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
14.
If Fault Code 26 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 195


Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Inspect condition of the clutch. Purpose: Verify wear tab position on the Heavy
C D Duty ECA Clutch.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- 2. Check the position of the Wear Tab located on the
form a complete power-down sequence before pro- clutch cover assembly.
ceeding.
2. Remove single bolt for clutch housing access
cover.
3. Inspect inside clutch housing for signs of oil or
grease contamination.
! Important: If the Release Bearing is over-greased,
this could cause grease to purge out of the front of
the Release Bearing and be drawn into the clutch
causing a slipping complaint. Refer to CLSM0200
for proper lubrication procedures.
4. Inspect for broken clutch or spring material and
other signs of a clutch failure.
5. Document any damage or failures with pictures.
If physical signs of a clutch failure are present,
replace Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch. Go to Step V.
If Wear Tab is in the Replace position,
If grease contamination is found, road test replace Heavy Duty ECA Clutch. Go to Step V.
truck to remove grease build up. Go to Step V.
If Wear Tab is not in the Replace position, go
If oil contamination is found, locate and cor- to Step E.
rect cause of oil leak. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found in clutch housing, go to
Step D.

196 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Reset Heavy Duty ECA Clutch. Purpose: Verify repair.


E V
1. Key on with engine on. 1. Key off.
! Caution: Keep hands and fingers clear of clutch 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
housing when engine is running. nents are properly installed.

2. Ensure the park brake is set and ServiceRanger is 3. Key on with engine off.
connected. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
3. Connect ServiceRanger. 5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
4. In ServiceRanger, select Service Routines. duplicate the previous complaint.

5. Start Clutch Service Utility. 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.

! Important: If ServiceRanger is unsuccessful in If no codes set and vehicle operates properly,


resetting the HD ECA Clutch, retry Step E again to test complete.
attempt a successful reset. If Fault Code 26 sets Active during the test
6. Select Clutch Adjustment tab. drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
7. Perform clutch reset by selecting Request Clutch
Adjustment. If a fault code other than 26 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
8. Perform multiple vehicle launches to complete page 14.
clutch adjustment procedure.
If clutch was successfully adjusted, test com-
plete. Go to Step V.
If clutch was unsuccessfully adjusted after
multiple attempts, replace HD ECA Clutch. Go
to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 197


Fault Code 26 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

198 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27: Clutch Disengagement

Fault Code 27: Clutch Disengagement


J1587: MID 130 SID 55 FMI 7
J1939: SA 3 SPN 522 FMI 7

Overview Fallback
The Fuller Advantage Transmission receives torque input FMI 7
through the clutch. The amount of torque being transferred
through the clutch is controlled by the Electronic Clutch F flashes in gear display.
Actuator (ECA), which moves the Clutch Yoke, thereby Service light flashes (if equipped).
opening and closing the clutch. Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) monitors Transmission may not attempt to shift.
engine speed and Input Shaft speed to determine proper
clutch operation. The TECU sends requests to the ECA to Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
open or close the clutch during vehicle operation. If the FMI 7: The system sets the fault code Inactive under the
ECA position is below the required value or the Input Shaft following conditions:
speed indicates a lack of separation from engine speed
with the clutch commanded open, the system sets Clutch Adjustment completed after a new TECU
Fault Code 27. installed.
Input Shaft speed and engine speed differ by
Detection greater than 50 RPM for 1 second.
The system can detect clutch disengagement faults under Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta (IBkTp Delta) goes
the following conditions: above 16.
TECU indicates the ECA is open but the Input Shaft
speed has not separated from engine speed. Possible Causes
FMI 7
Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta (IBkTp Delta) value
is below the required value. Engine
- Excessive Crankshaft play
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 Mechanical System Not Responding: TECU Clutch
detects clutch disengagement faults when one of the - Clutch not calibrated
following conditions occurs: - Over-adjustment
Clutch Adjustment not performed after a new TECU - Excessive abuse or damage
installed. - Release Bearing failure
The transmission detects the Low Capacity Inertia - Lack of lubricant in Release Bearing or Cross
Brake (LCIB) has not slowed the Input Shaft when Shaft Assembly
applied. This is defined as Input Shaft speed within
50 RPM of engine speed for 1 second while the - Improper removal or installation
LCIB is applied. - Shipping bolts not removed during installation
The transmission detects torque and Input Shaft Input Shaft
speed when the clutch is being held open. This is - Excessive wear or damage
defined as calculated engine torque greater than
400 Nm and Input Shaft speed within 50 RPM of - Pilot Bearing failure
engine speed for 1 second. ECA
Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta (IBkTp Delta) value - Internal failure
is less than the default of 16 (as seen in
ServiceRanger under Vehicle Data Monitor).

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 199


Fault Code 27: Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

Eaton ECA Clutch


1. Clutch Wear Tab
2. Release Bearing
3. Release Bearing Grease Zerk

200 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Inspect condition of clutch.
A B
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. 3. Remove single bolt for clutch housing access
cover.
Important: The Clutch Adjustment Service Routine
! in ServiceRanger is only required after completing 4. Inspect for excessive clutch dust, broken clutch or
an In-Vehicle Reset Procedure, replacing the spring material, or other signs of clutch failure.
Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch or installing a new TECU.
5. Ensure Release Bearing and Cross Shaft are
If Fault Code 27 is set, and the TECU was just properly greased per Heavy-Duty Clutch Service
replaced, go to Step G. Manual (CLSM0200).

If Fault Code 64, 66 or 67 is Active, trouble- If no issues are found and properly greased,
shoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index go to Step C.
on page 14. If physical signs of a clutch failure are present,
If Fault Code 27 is set and the TECU was not replace Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch. Go to Step V.
just replaced, go to Step B.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 201


Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check wear tab position on the Purpose: Verify Inertia Brake Touch Point Delta
C Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch. D (IBkTp) using ServiceRanger.

1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.


2. Check the Wear Tab position located on the clutch 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
cover assembly.
3. In ServiceRanger, select Go To then select Data
Monitor.
4. From the Default Parameter Files list, select
J1939 Clutch Actuator.
5. Locate Clutch inertia brake TP delta. Record value
in table.
! Important: Engine crankshaft endplay above the
manufacturer's specification can affect Clutch
Inertia Brake TP Delta Value. Ensure the engine is
not experiencing symptoms that indicate excessive
crankshaft endplay.
If Clutch Inertia Brake TP Delta Value is less
than 16.5, retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by
creating a Service Activity Report within Ser-
viceRanger. Select Send to Eaton. Go to Step
E.

! Caution: The Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch must always If Clutch Inertia Brake TP Delta Value is greater
be caged (shipping bolts installed) while installing than 16.5, go to Step F.
or removing the clutch. If clutch is not caged prop-
erly, permanent damage will occur. Replacement
will be required. See the Heavy-Duty Clutch Service Parameter Range Reading(s)
Manual (CLSM0200) for proper removal and instal-
lation procedures. Clutch Inertia 16.5
TP Delta
! Important: Issues such as Pilot Bearing failures,
excessive torsional vibration, excessive Flywheel
run-out or clutch abuse can cause premature
clutch failures. It is recommended that the Pilot
Bearing and LCIB be replaced whenever the clutch
is replaced. Refer to the Fuller Advantage Auto-
mated Transmission Guide (TRIG0980) for a list of
recommended Pilot Bearings.
If Wear Tab is in the Replace position,
replace Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch. Go to Step V.
If Wear Tab is not in the Replace position,
go to Step D.

202 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Identify ECA type installed on Purpose: Perform Low Capacity Inertia Brake
E transmission. F (LCIB) Test with ServiceRanger.

1. Key off. 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.


2. Inspect ECA OEM Power Supply Connector, 2. Key on.
reference image below.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. In ServiceRanger, select Go To then select Ser-
vice Routines.
5. Select Start Low Capacity Inertia Brake Test.
6. Follow ServiceRanger instructions. Record result in
table.
7. Key on with engine off.
8. Retrieve Snapshot and VPA data by creating a Ser-
Gen1 ECA Gen2 ECA vice Activity Report within ServiceRanger. Select
Send to Eaton.

! Caution: Caution The Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch must Contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for repair
always be caged (shipping bolts installed) while strategy.
installing or removing the clutch. If clutch is not
caged properly, permanent damage will occur.
Replacement will be required. See the Heavy-Duty Reading(s)
Clutch Service Manual (CLSM0200) for proper
removal and installation procedures. LCIB Test Results
! Important: Issues such as Pilot Bearing failures,
excessive torsional vibration, excessive Flywheel
run-out or clutch abuse can cause premature
clutch failures. It is recommended that the Pilot
Bearing and LCIB be replaced whenever the clutch
is replaced. Refer to the Eaton Fuller Advantage
Installation Guide (TRIG0980) for a list of recom-
mended Pilot Bearings.
If equipped with a Gen1 ECA, replace the
Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch and ECA. Go to Step
V.
If equipped with a Gen2 ECA, replace the
Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 203


Fault Code 27 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Perform Clutch Adjustment with Purpose: Verify repair.


G ServiceRanger. V
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Key on. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. In ServiceRanger, select Go To then select Ser-
vice Routines. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Select Start Adjust Clutch. 5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Select Clutch Adjustment.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
7. Follow ServiceRanger instructions. Record result in
table. If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
8. Key off.
If Fault Code 27 sets Active during the test
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- drive, go to Step A.
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. If a fault code other than 27 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
9. Key on. page 14.
10. Connect ServiceRanger.
11. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs and their occurrences and timestamps.
If Fault Code 27 is Active, go to Step B.
If Fault Code 27 is Inactive, test complete.
Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.

Reading(s)

Clutch Adjustment Results

204 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29: Remote Throttle Enable

Fault Code 29: Remote Throttle Enable


J1587: MID 130 SID 372 FMI 4, 5
J1939: SA 3 SPN 969 FMI 4, 5

Overview Possible Causes


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with a relay FMI 4, 5
circuit that allows the throttle of the engine to be located in
a remote location. The relay and associated wiring are Vehicle Harness
installed by the OEM. Fault Code 29 sets when the Trans- - Bent, spread, loose or corroded terminals
mission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) detects an open or a - Wiring shorted to ground or open
shorted condition in the wiring between the TECU and the
relay. Remote Throttle Relay
- Internal failure
Detection TECU
The TECU monitors the remote throttle enable circuit for
opens or shorts. If either condition is present for 1 second - Internal failure
or greater, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU
detects a short to ground in the circuit.

FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TECU


detects an open circuit or excessive resistance in the circuit.

Fallback
Remote throttle will not function.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


All FMIs: Short or open condition is not detected by the
TECU for 2 seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 205


Fault Code 29: Remote Throttle Enable | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket

206 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29: Remote Throttle Enable

2 1
24

4 3

86 24
87 Cruise Control Switch
30 Set/Resume Switch
85

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Remote Throttle Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Remote Throttle Enable Relay

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 207


Fault Code 29 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 29 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 29 is Active, go to Step C.
Active fault codes exist.
If Fault Code 29 is Inactive and there are other
Active fault codes, troubleshoot all Active fault
codes first.
If Fault Code 29 is Inactive, go to Step B.

3. Wiggle Vehicle Harness wiring and connections


between TECU and Remote Throttle Relay.
Note: Wiring from the Remote Throttle Relay to
TECU is OEM proprietary. Refer to OEM guidelines
for proper repair or replacement procedures and
proper wiring schematics and pin out locations.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault became Active while wiggling wires
in the system, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of wiring between TECU
and Remote Throttle Relay. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active, go to Step C.

208 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect relay wiring and socket condition. Purpose: Verify power supply to relay.
C D
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Remove Remote Throttle Relay from socket. 2. Measure voltage between Remote Throttle Relay
socket Pin 86 (power) and Pin 85 (ground). Record
3. Inspect Remote Throttle Relay Socket and wiring
reading(s) in table.
for damage or bent, spread, corroded or loose ter-
minals.
If no issues are found, go to Step D. 85 86
If any issues are present, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of wiring of
Remote Throttle Enable Relay circuit. Go to
Step V.

85 86

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are out of range, go to Step E.
If readings are in range, refer to OEM guide-
lines for replacement of the Remote Throttle
Relay. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

86 to 85 Within 1.5 V of
Battery Voltage

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 209


Fault Code 29 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify continuity of Remote Throttle Re- Purpose: Verify repair.


E lay Circuit wiring between TECU and the relay. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
from TECU. nents are properly installed.
3. Disconnect Remote Throttle Relay from socket. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
24 and Relay Socket Pin 85. Record reading(s) in
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
table.
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
24
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
85
If Fault Code 29 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 29 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

24 85

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.
If readings are out of range, repair or replace
wiring between the 38-Way Vehicle Harness
Connector and Remote Throttle Relay per OEM
guidelines. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

24 to 85 00.3 ohms

210 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33: Low Battery Voltage Supply

Fault Code 33: Low Battery Voltage Supply


J1587: MID 130 PID 168 FMI 4
J1939: SA 3 SPN 168 FMI 4

Overview Possible Causes


Fault Code 33 sets Active if battery voltage to the TECU falls FMI 4
below 7 volts for more than 1 second.
Vehicle Power Supply
Detection - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) monitors open
the battery voltage supplied to the TECU after completing - Terminals bent, spread, corroded or loose
power up. Fault Code 33 sets Active if battery voltage to the
TECU falls below 7 volts for more than 1 second. Fault Code - In-line fuse corrosion, loose connection or
33 represents a more severe drop in battery voltage than blown fuse
Fault Code 34, Weak Battery Voltage Supply, which sets Vehicle Batteries
Active below 9 volts.
- Internal failure
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Vehicle Charging System
FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU
monitors battery voltage of the vehicle. If the voltage falls - Charging system failed
below 7 volts for more than 1 second, the fault sets Active. TECU
Fallback - Internal failure
FMI 4

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
Engine may not crank.
Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
Transmission may not attempt to shift.
Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
shut off engine with transmission in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 4: Battery voltage stays at 7 volts or greater for more
than 1 second.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 211


Fault Code 33: Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

212 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Load test each vehicle battery.
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
! Important: Allow TECU to perform a complete 2. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM
power-down sequence before proceeding. specifications. Record reading(s) in table.

2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step
voltage in table. C.

3. Inspect Starter, battery terminals and transmission If any battery does not pass the Load Test,
30-amp In-line Fuse Holder Connections for refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
corrosion, loose terminals and bent or spread pins. replacement of batteries. Go to Step V.

If any issues are found with connectors, refer


to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status
Vehicle Harness wiring.
(Pass/Fail)
Go to Step V.
If corrosion or other damage is visible at the 1
battery terminals, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of batteries. 2
Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, go to Step B. 3

4
Battery Voltage
5

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 213


Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
C D locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
If Fault Code 33 is Active, go to Step F. Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.
If Fault Code 33 is Inactive, go to Step D.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Vehicle Har-


ness from the batteries to the TECU. Look for signs
of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections
are clean and tight.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault code sets Active while wiggling the
Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of Vehicle Harness wir-
ing. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active, go to Step E.

214 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting

7. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of battery supply and
E TECU.
If readings are in range, no problem was iden-
tified. Test complete. If additional trouble-
shooting is required, contact the OEM for
1. Key off. additional diagnosis of the Vehicle Power Sup-
ply Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. If readings are out of range, repair or replace
damaged wiring per OEM guidelines. Go to
3. Inspect connector body for corrosion and damage, Step V.
and loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Disconnect Battery Positive (+) and Negative (-)
connections. Pins Range Reading(s)
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms
38 and Battery Positive (+) connection. Record
Positive (+)
reading(s) in table.

36 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms


38
Negative (-)

+ 38

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


36 and Battery Negative (-) connection. Record
reading(s) in table.

36

36

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 215


Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU. Purpose: Verify fault code status.
F G
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
from TECU. components are properly installed.
3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage, 3. Key on with engine off.
loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Connect ServiceRanger and check fault codes.
4. Key on with engine off.
If Fault Code 33 remains Active with all
5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin connections re-established, replace TECU.
38 and Pin 36. Record reading(s) in table. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 33 is now Inactive with all
connections re-established, refer to OEM
38 36
guidelines for repair or replacement of Vehicle
Harness wiring. Go to Step V.

38 36

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of 38-Way
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

38 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage
(Step A)

216 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.


V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle
operates properly, test complete.
If Fault Codes 33 or 34 sets Active during the
test drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 33 or 34 sets, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 217


Fault Code 33 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

218 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34: Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Fault Code 34: Weak Battery Voltage Supply


J1587: MID 130 PID 168 FMI 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 168 FMI 14

Overview Possible Causes


Fault Code 34 sets Active if battery voltage to the TECU falls FMI 14
below 9 volts for more than 10 seconds.
Vehicle Power Supply
Detection - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
The TECU monitors the battery voltage supplied to the open
TECU after completing the power-up sequence. Fault Code - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
34 sets Active if battery voltage to the TECU falls below 9
volts for more than 10 seconds. Fault Code 33, Low Battery - In-line fuse corrosion, loose connection or
Voltage Supply, represents a more severe drop in battery blown fuse
voltage than Fault Code 34. Vehicle Batteries
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Internal failure
FMI 14 Special Instructions: TECU monitors the battery Vehicle Charging System
voltage of the vehicle. If the voltage falls below 9 volts for
more than 10 seconds, the fault sets Active. - Charging system failed

TECU
Fallback
FMI 14 - Internal failure

Engine may not crank.


Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
Transmission may not attempt to shift.
Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
shut off engine with transmission in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 14: Battery voltage stays at 9 volts or greater for at
least 20 seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 219


Fault Code 34: Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

220 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting

Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting


Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and Purpose: Load test each vehicle battery.
A power and ground supplies to the TECU. B
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
! Important: Allow TECU to perform a complete 2. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM
power-down sequence before proceeding. specifications. Record reading(s) in table.

2. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step
voltage in the table. C.

3. Inspect Starter, battery terminals and transmission If any battery does not pass the Load Test,
30-amp In-line Fuse Holder Connections for refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
corrosion, loose terminals and bent or spread pins. replacement of batteries. Go to Step V.

If any issue is found with connectors, refer to


OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status
Vehicle Harness wiring.
(Pass/Fail)
Go to Step V.
If corrosion or other damage is visible at the 1
battery terminals, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of batteries. 2
Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, go to Step B. 3

4
Battery Voltage
5

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 221


Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
C D locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
If Fault Code 34 is Active, go to Step F. Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.
If Fault Code 34 is Inactive, go to Step D.

3. Wiggle wiring and connectors of the Vehicle Har-


ness from the batteries to the TECU. Look for signs
of pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections
are clean and tight.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault sets Active while wiggling the Vehi-
cle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
or replacement of Vehicle Harness wiring. Go
to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active, go to Step E.

222 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting

7. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of battery supply to
E TECU.
If readings are in range, no problem was iden-
tified. Test complete. If additional trouble-
shooting is required, contact the OEM for
1. Key off. additional diagnosis of the Vehicle Power Sup-
ply Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. If readings are out of range, repair or replace
damaged wiring per OEM guidelines. Go to
3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage, Step V.
loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Disconnect Battery Positive (+) and Negative (-)
connections. Pins Resistance Resistance
Range
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 and Battery Positive (+) connection. Record
38 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms
reading(s) in table.
Positive (+)

38
36 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms
Negative (-)

+ 38

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


36 and Battery Negative (-) connection. Record
reading(s) in table.

36

36

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 223


Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify battery voltage at the TECU. Purpose: Verify fault code status.
F G
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
from TECU. components are properly installed.
3. Inspect connector body for corrosion, damage, 3. Key on with engine off.
loose, spread or bent terminals.
4. Connect ServiceRanger and check fault codes.
4. Key on with engine off.
If Fault Code 34 remains Active with all
5. Measure voltage between 38-Way Connector Pin connections re-established, replace TECU.
38 and Pin 36. Record reading(s) in table. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 34 is now Inactive with all
connections re-established, refer to OEM
38 36
guidelines for repair or replacement of Vehicle
Harness wiring. Go to Step V.

38 36

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of 38-Way
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Voltage Range Voltage

38 to 36 Within 1.2 V of
Battery Voltage
(Step A)

224 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.


V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle
operates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 33 or 34 set Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 33 or 34 sets, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 225


Fault Code 34: Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

226 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35: J1939 Communication Link

Fault Code 35: J1939 Communication Link


J1587: MID 130 SID 231 FMI 2
J1939: SA 3 SPN 639 FMI 2

Overview Possible Causes


The J1939 Data Link is a Controller Area Network (CAN) FMI 2
communication bus. The Fuller Advantage transmission
uses the J1939 Data Link to communicate with other ECUs 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
(ABS, Engine, Body Controller, etc.). The Transmission - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) sends and receives mes- open
sages from other ECUs on the data link to determine when - Bent, spread, or loose terminals
to initiate a shift, hold shifts, command engine torque to
make shifts, as well as other functions. Proper operation of Other ECUs
the J1939 Data Link is critical for shift performance. Fault - Internal failure
Code 35 indicates an issue with communication across the J1939 Data Link
J1939 Data Link.
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Detection open
TECU has either lost communication or received erratic sig- - Bent, spread, or loose terminals
nals over the J1939 Data Link and the TECU has not - Excessive electrical noise
detected any low battery system fault codes.
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active TECU
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU has lost communication or has - Internal failure
received erratic signals over the J1939 Data Link for 5 sec-
onds or longer.

Fallback
FMI 2

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
If vehicle is configured for the J1939 Start Enable
feature the engine does not crank.
If fault occurs during power up, the transmission
requires the driver to manually synchronize shifts
with the throttle.
If fault occurs while driving, transmission remains
in its current gear until the vehicle stops. Transmis-
sion then requires the driver to manually synchro-
nize shifts with the throttle.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 2: TECU receives messages across the data link for at
least 10 seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 227


Fault Code 35: J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 9-Way Diagnostic Connector (in cab)

228 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35: J1939 Communication Link

2 1
3 2

A
B +
C J1939 High 3
D J1939 Low 2
F J1587 High 10
G J1587 Low 11

A
B +
C J1939 High 3
D J1939 Low 2
F OEM Specific
G OEM Specific

A
B +
C OEM Specific
D OEM Specific
F J1939 High 3
G J1939 Low 2

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 9-Way Diagnostic Connector (Black) - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
4. 9-way Diagnostic Connector (Green) - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
5. 9-way Diagnostic Connector (Green) - OEM Specific FG (in cab)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 229


Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 35 is Active, go to Step C.
Active fault codes exist.
If Fault Code 35 is Inactive, and there are other
Active fault codes, troubleshoot all Active fault
codes first per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.
If Fault Code 35 is Inactive, and there are no
other Active fault codes, go to Step B.
3. Wiggle J1939 Data Link wiring and Vehicle Harness
wiring throughout the vehicle. Look for signs of
pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections are
clean and tight.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
If Fault Code 35 or Fault Code 36 became
Active while wiggling the J1939 Data Link or
the Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of J1939 Data Link.
Go to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active, go to Step C.

230 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify TECU location on the vehicle J1939 Purpose: Verify integrity of vehicle Bulkhead Con-
C Data Link. D nection (if equipped).

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TECU location on 2. If vehicle is equipped with a Bulkhead Connection,
the vehicle J1939 Data Link at the 9-Way Diagnos- inspect Bulkhead Connector for corrosion, loose
tic Connector. terminals, and bent or spread pins.
If Black 9-Way Diagnostic Connector, go to 3. Wiggle wiring connections to the Bulkhead Con-
Step D. nector to verify the pins are not loose and are
secure within the connector.
If Green 9-Way Diagnostic Connector on Pin C
and Pin D, go to Step D. If no Bulkhead Connection is present, go to
Step E.
If Green 9-Way Diagnostic Connector on Pin F
and Pin H, go to Step G. If no damage is found and the connector is not
loose, go to Step E.
If damage or looseness is found, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of Bulk-
head Connection. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 231


Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

4. Record the total voltage in table by adding together


Purpose: Verify proper signal voltage on J1939 the voltage readings recorded earlier in this step.
E Data Link. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step F.
1. Key on with engine off.
If readings are out of range, an issue is present
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- on the vehicle J1939 Data Link. Refer to OEM
nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading(s) in table. guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle data link. Go to Step V.

A C
Pins Range Reading(s)

C to A N/A

D to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.55.5 V =


A C

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-


nector Pin D and Pin A. Record reading(s) in table.

A D

A D

232 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify proper resistance on the vehicle


F J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading(s) in
table.

D C

D C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step G.
If readings are out of range, an issue is present
on the vehicle J1939 Data Link. Refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of termi-
nating resistors, ECUs or data link wiring. Go
to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C to D 5070 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 233


Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify J1939 positive and negative con-
G nections to TECU.
If readings are in range, go to Step L.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
1. Key off. J1939 Data Link. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin C and 38-Way Vehicle Harness Con-
C to 3 0.00.3 ohms
nector Pin 3. Record reading(s) in table.

D to 2 0.00.3 ohms
3
C

C 3

4. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic


Connector Pin D and 38-Way Vehicle Harness Con-
nector Pin 2. Record reading(s) in table.

2
D

D 2

234 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-


Purpose: Verify integrity of vehicle Bulkhead Con- nector Pin G and Pin A. Record reading(s) in table.
H nection (if equipped).

G A
1. Key off.
2. If vehicle is equipped with a Bulkhead Connection,
inspect Bulkhead Connector for corrosion, loose
terminals, and bent or spread pins.
3. Wiggle wiring connections to the Bulkhead Con-
nector to verify the pins are not loose and are
secure within the connector.
G A
If no Bulkhead Connection is present, go to
Step I.
If no damage is found and the connector is not 4. Record the total voltage in table by adding together
loose, go to Step I. the voltage readings recorded earlier in this step.

If damage or looseness is found, refer to OEM 5. Compare reading(s) in table.


guidelines for repair or replacement of Bulk- If readings are in range, go to Step J.
head Connection. Go to Step V.
If readings are out of range, an issue is present
on the vehicle J1939 Data Link. Refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle data link. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)


Purpose: Verify proper signal voltage on J1939
I Data Link. F to A N/A

G to A N/A +
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- Total Voltage 4.55.5 V =
nector Pin F and Pin A. Record reading(s) in table.

F A

F A

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 235


Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify proper resistance on the J1939 Purpose: Verify J1939 positive and negative con-
J Data Link. K nections to TECU.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a 2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
complete power-down sequence before proceed- from TECU.
ing. 3. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin F and 38-Way Vehicle Harness Con-
Connector Pin F and Pin G. Record reading(s) in nector Pin 3. Record reading(s) in table.
table.

3
F G F

F G F 3

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


4. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
If readings are in range, go to Step K. Connector Pin G and 38-Way Vehicle Harness Con-
If readings are out of range, an issue is present nector Pin 2. Record reading(s) in table.
on the J1939 Data Link. Refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of terminating
resistors, ECUs or data link wiring. Go to Step 2
V. G

Pins Range Reading(s)

F to G 5070 ohms

G 2

236 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify repair.
If readings are in range, go to Step L.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
V
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
J1939 Data Link. Go to Step V. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Key on with engine off.
F to 3 0.00.3 ohms 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
G to 2 0.00.3 ohms duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 35 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 35 sets Active, trou-
Purpose: Verify fault code status.
L bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Connect ServiceRanger
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
If Fault Code 35 is Inactive, an intermittent wir-
ing issues exists within the vehicle J1939 Data
Link, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the data link. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 35 is Active, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 237


Fault Code 35 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

238 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36: J1939 Engine Message

Fault Code 36: J1939 Engine Message


J1587: MID 130 SID 231 FMI 14
J1939: SA 3 SPN 639 FMI 14

Overview Possible Causes


The J1939 Data Link is a Controller Area Network (CAN) FMI 14
communication bus. The Fuller Advantage transmission
uses the J1939 Data Link to communicate with other ECUs J1939 Data Link
(ABS, Engine, Body Controller, etc.). The Transmission - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) sends and receives mes- open
sages from other ECUs on the data link to determine when - Excessive electrical noise
to initiate a shift, hold shifts, command engine torque to
make shifts, as well as other functions. Proper operation of - Missing or additional terminating resistors
the J1939 Data Link is critical for shift performance. Fault Engine ECU
Code 36 indicates the TECU can communicate with other - Internal failure
ECUs on the J1939 Data Link but has lost communication
with the Engine ECU. Vehicle Harness
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Detection open
TECU has either lost communication or received erratic sig- Engine Harness
nals from the Engine ECU over the J1939 Data Link and the
TECU has not detected any low or weak battery system fault - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
codes. open

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 14 Special Instructions: TECU has either lost com-
munication or has received erratic signals from the Engine
ECU over the J1939 Data Link for 5 seconds or longer.

Fallback
FMI 14

F flashes in gear display.


Service light flashes (if equipped).
If vehicle is configured for the J1939 Start Enable
feature the engine does not crank.
If fault occurs during power up, the transmission
requires the driver to manually synchronize shifts
with the throttle.
If fault occurs while driving, transmission remains
in its current gear until the vehicle stops. Transmis-
sion then requires the driver to manually synchro-
nize shifts with the throttle.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


FMI 14: TECU receives messages across the data link for at
least 10 seconds.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 239


Fault Code 36: J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 9-Way Diagnostic Connector (in cab)

240 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36: J1939 Engine Message

2 1
3 2

A
B +
C J1939 High 3
D J1939 Low 2
F J1587 High 10
G J1587 Low 11

A
B +
C J1939 High 3
D J1939 Low 2
F OEM Specific
G OEM Specific

A
B +
C OEM Specific
D OEM Specific
F J1939 High 3
G J1939 Low 2

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 9-Way Diagnostic Connector (Black) - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
4. 9-way Diagnostic Connector (Green) - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
5. 9-way Diagnostic Connector (Green) - OEM Specific FG (in cab)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 241


Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Note: Fault Code 36 indicates an issue with com-
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
munication over the J1939 data link between the
there are Active fault codes.
Engine ECU and the Transmission TECU. All wiring
and pin outs for connectors are OEM proprietary.
Refer to OEM guidelines for proper documentation.
If Fault Code 36 is Active, go to Step C.
If Fault Code 36 is Inactive, and there are other
Active fault codes, troubleshoot all other
3. Wiggle J1939 Data Link wiring and Vehicle Harness
Active fault codes first per Fault Code Isolation
wiring throughout the vehicle. Look for signs of
Procedure Index on page 14.
pinched or chafed wiring. Verify all connections are
If Fault Code 36 is Inactive, and there are no clean and tight.
other Active fault codes, go to Step B.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
If Fault Code 35 or Fault Code 36 became
Active while wiggling the J1939 Data Link or
the Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of J1939 Data Link.
Go to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active, go to Step C.

242 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify TECU location on the vehicle J1939 Purpose: Verify proper resistance exists on the
C Data Link. D J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TECU location on Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
the vehicle J1939 Data Link at the 9-Way Diagnos- complete power-down sequence before proceed-
tic Connector. ing.
If Black 9-Way Diagnostic Connector, go to 2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
Step D. Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading(s) in
If Green 9-Way Diagnostic Connector on Pin C table.
and Pin D, go to Step D.
If Green 9-Way Diagnostic Connector on Pin F D C
and Pin G, refer to OEM guidelines for diag-
nosing a communication issue between the
Engine ECU and TECU.

D C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step E.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of termi-
nating resistors, ECUs or J1939 data link wir-
ing. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C to D 5070 ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 243


Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify connection across J1939 Positive


E Pin (+) between Engine ECU and TECU.

1. Key off.
Note: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to perform a
complete power-down sequence before proceed-
ing.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. Inspect connector for loose terminals,
corrosion, and bent or spread pins.
3. Disconnect Engine ECU Harness Connector from
the Engine ECU. Inspect connector for loose termi-
nals, corrosion, and bent or spread pins.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har-
ness Connector Pin 3 and J1939 Positive Pin (+) on
Engine ECU Connector. Record reading(s) in table.

3
ECU
J1939 (+)

Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for location of


Engine ECU J1939 Positive Pin (+).
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step F.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of J1939
Data Link. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

3 to Engine 0.00.3 ohms


J1939
Positive (+)

244 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify connection across J1939 Negative Purpose: Verify repair.


F Pin (-) between Engine ECU and TECU. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Vehicle Har- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
ness Connector Pin 2 and J1939 Negative Pin (-) nents are properly installed.
on Engine ECU Connector. Record reading(s) in
3. Key on with engine off.
table.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
2
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 36 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 36 sets Active, trou-
ECU
2 bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
J1939 () Index on page 14.

Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for location of


Engine ECU J1939 Negative Pin (-).
3. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of J1939
Data Link. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, an intermittent wiring
issue exists within the J1939 Data Link, refer
to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
J1939 Data Link. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

2 to Engine 0.00.3 ohms


J1939
Negative (-)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 245


Fault Code 36 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

246 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37: Power Connect

Fault Code 37: Power Connect


J1587: MID 130 SID 251 FMI 5
J1939: SA 3 SPN 627 FMI 5

Overview Possible Causes


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with elec- FMI 5
tronic components that require a high current. It is critical
that the OEM power supply be able to deliver the proper Vehicle Power Supply
voltage and current in these high-load situations for smooth - In-line fuse corrosion or loose connection
and efficient shifting. Additional resistance introduced into - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
the system can cause the supplied voltage to drop low open
enough to cause performance issues. Fault Code 37 indi-
cates an excessive resistance between the power supply - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
source (battery or starter) and the Transmission Electronic Vehicle Batteries
Control Unit (TECU). - Internal failure or high resistance
Detection
The TECU monitors the OEM power supply circuit for
excessive resistance by measuring the voltage drop during
high current demands, such as a shift request, and calcu-
lates a resistance value based on those demands. Fault
Code 37 sets Active when the calculated resistance during
high-load conditions exceeds 0.4 ohms and the TECU has
not detected any low or weak battery system faults.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TECU cal-
culates a resistance value based on high current demands
and sets the fault code Active when that resistance exceeds
0.4 ohms.

Fallback
No fallback mode is associated with this fault; however,
transmission performance issues may be presented.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


TECU calculates a resistance value below 0.4 ohms.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 247


Fault Code 37: Power Connect | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

248 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of power and ground
A B supply.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Perform the Electrical Pretest on page 25. Record
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service the reading(s) from the Load Test in Step C of the
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic Electrical Pretest in the table.
Procedure.
If Electrical Pretest passes, go to Step C.
! Important: Fault Code 37 indicates there is high
If Electrical Pretest fails, repair per Electrical
resistance in the vehicle power supply to the TECU.
Pretest instructions. Retest vehicle operation.
Consult OEM diagnostics for more detailed trouble-
shooting.
If Fault Code 37 is Inactive, and there are other Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status
Active fault codes, troubleshoot all Active fault (Pass/Fail)
codes first per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14. 1
If Fault Code 37 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B. 2

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 249


Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuse and


C power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter, battery and transmission 30-amp
In-line Fuse Holder Connections for corrosion,
loose terminals and bent or spread pins.
If any issues are found with connectors, refer
to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
vehicle wiring. Go to Step V.
If corrosion or other damage is noted at the
battery terminals, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of batteries. Go to Step
V.
If no issues are found, go to Step D.

250 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting

7. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of Vehicle power and
D ground wiring.
If readings are in range, an intermittent wiring
issue exists within the transmission power
supply wiring. Refer to OEM guidelines for
1. Key off. repair or replacement of the power supply. Go
to Step V.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the wir-
3. Inspect connector body for damage, and bent, ing between the battery and the TECU. Go to
spread, corroded or loose terminals. Step V.
4. Disconnect Battery Positive (+) and Battery Nega-
tive (-) connections.
Pins Range Reading(s)
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin
38 and Battery Positive (+) connection. Record
38 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms
reading(s) in table.
Positive (+)

38
36 to Battery 0.00.3 ohms
Negative (-)

+ 38

6. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


36 and Battery Negative (-) connection. Record
reading(s) in table.

36

36

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 251


Fault Code 37 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify repair.


V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 37 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 37 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

252 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41: Range Failed to Engage

Fault Code 41: Range Failed to Engage


J1587: MID 130 SID 35 FMI 7
MID 130 SID 36 FMI 7
J1939: SA 3 SPN 768 FMI 7
SA 3 SPN 769 FMI 7

Overview Fallback
Most Heavy-Duty Fuller Advantage Transmission models FMI 7
are equipped with a 2-speed range system in the auxiliary
case. The ability to select an auxiliary range gear Transmission remains in the range where the fail-
independently from a main case gear allows the ure occurred.
transmission twice the number of overall gear ratios. Main Transmission may attempt to shift into low range
case gearing can be used once in auxiliary low range and when the vehicle comes to a stop.
again in auxiliary high range. Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
The range system is equipped with a Range Solenoid Valve. shut off engine with transmission in gear.
The Range Solenoid Valve is an electric-over-air solenoid
that is controlled by the Transmission Electronic Control Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Unit (TECU), replacing the Shift Knob-Slave Valve system FMI 7: Transmission successfully attains the requested
found on Eaton Fuller manual transmissions. range for 2 seconds.

During operation, the solenoid directs air pressure to either Possible Causes
port in the Range Cylinder based on the need to activate the FMI 7
auxiliary low range or high range gearing. The applied air
pressure directs the fore-and-aft movement of the Range Vehicle Air System
Piston within the Range Cylinder, facilitating the mechanical - Low vehicle air pressure
engagement of the Range Synchronizer into either low or - Contamination in air supply
high range. Fault Code 41 indicates the transmission is
unable to complete a range shift. - Air leaks
- Filter-Regulator failure
Detection
When toggling the Range Solenoid Valve, the TECU verifies Range Solenoid Valve
the new range position by calculating the overall - Mechanical failure
transmission gear ratio, using the Main Shaft and Output
Shaft Speed Sensor signals. If the calculated ratio does not Mechanical Transmission
match the expected ratio for the new range position, the - Range Synchronizer failure
auxiliary case gearing did not change as expected and the - Range Cylinder, Piston or Yoke wear or damage
TECU sets the fault code Active.
- Range Cover Gasket failure
The TECU detected a range system failure, but was unable - Tone Wheel damage
to detect the specific root cause.
- Failed auxiliary case components
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Main Shaft Speed Sensor
FMI 7 Mechanical System Not Responding:
Transmission is either stuck in its current range position or - Internal failure
it cannot engage the desired range position after five Output Shaft Sensor
consecutive attempts.
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
Two 0100 PSI Air Pressure Gauges
0150 PSI Air Pressure Gauge

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 253


Fault Code 41: Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. Range Solenoid Valve

254 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41: Range Failed to Engage

1 8

3 3

2 4 9 10

5 7 5 7

6 6

LO HI

1. Range Solenoid Valve (LO)


2. Cylinder Port (Exhaust)
3. Exhaust Port
4. Regulated Port (Air)
5. Shift Yoke
6. Piston
7. Filter-Regulator
8. Range Solenoid Valve (HI)
9. Regulated Port (Air)
10. Cylinder Port (Exhaust)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 255


Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify vehicle air supply pressure.
A B
1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. 3. Vent vehicle air supply tanks.
If Fault Codes 43, 57 or 58 are Active or Inac- ! Caution: Vehicle air tanks may have air stored at
tive, troubleshoot first per Fault Code Isolation pressures in excess of 100 PSI. Failure to vent air
Procedure Index on page 14. tanks may cause personal injury.
If Fault Code 41 is Active or Inactive and Fault 4. Install a 0150 PSI air pressure gauge between the
Codes 43, 57 or 58 are not set, go to Step B. supply line and the air Filter-Regulator located at
the back of the transmission.

5. Key on with engine running.


6. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
7. Key off.
8. Monitor air pressure at gauge on supply line for 1
minute. Record reading(s) in table.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range and the vehicle is able
to maintain pressure, go to Step C.
If readings are out of range, or the vehicle can
not hold pressure, repair vehicle air system
per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

Model Pressure Reading(s)

All Models 90120 PSI

256 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Air Filter-Regulator operation.


C
1. Key off.
2. Vent vehicle air supply tanks.
! Caution: Vehicle air tanks may have air stored at
pressures in excess of 100 PSI. Failure to vent air
tanks may cause personal injury.
3. Reconnect the supply line to the Air Filter-Regula-
tor.
4. Install a 0100 PSI air pressure gauge into a regu-
lator test port of the Air Filter-Regulator.

5. Key on with engine running.


6. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
7. Key off.
8. Monitor air pressure and record reading(s) in table.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
If air pressure is in range, go to Step D.
If air pressure is out of range, replace Air
Filter-Regulator. Go to Step V.

Model Pressure Reading(s)

All Models 5565 PSI

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 257


Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

5. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.


Purpose: Verify Range operation. 6. Key on with engine off.
D ! Caution: Verify engine is off before continuing.
7. Depress the Service Brake pedal and use the shift
1. Key off.
device to engage Reverse gear. Record air pressure
2. Vent vehicle air supply tanks. reading of low-range pressure gauge in the table.
! Caution: Vehicle air tanks may have air stored at Note: Depress the Service Brake pedal and engage
pressures in excess of 100 PSI. Failure to vent air Reverse 1 (R1).
tanks may cause personal injury.
3. Install a 0100 PSI air pressure gauge into each of 8. Depress the Service Brake pedal and use the shift
device Upshift Button to engage the next Reverse
the range cover diagnostic ports (L and H).
gear. Record air pressure reading of high-range
! Caution: Use care when removing the test port pipe pressure gauge in table.
plugs. If air pressure is present, the plug can
become a projectile during removal. When
removing the L diagnostic port plug or H diagnostic
port plug, pressure can be shut off by selecting the
opposite range mode. If removing the F plug,
exhaust the air to the module inlet.

Note: Pressure change should be immediately


reflected on the gauge.
9. Depress the Service Brake pedal and use the shift
device to select Neutral. Verify that the
transmission finds Neutral using the gear display.
10. Monitor air pressure and record reading(s) in table.
11. Compare reading(s) in table.
If air pressures are in range, go to Step F.
If air pressures are out of range or pressure is
slow to change, go to Step E.

Model Pressure Reading(s)


4. Key on with engine running.
Low Range 5565 PSI
High Range 5565 PSI

258 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Range Purpose: Verify condition of internal range system
E Cylinder Cover. F components.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Vent vehicle air supply tanks. 2. Vent vehicle air supply tanks.
! Caution: Vehicle air tanks may have air stored at ! Caution: Vehicle air tanks may have air stored at
pressures in excess of 100 PSI. Failure to vent air pressures in excess of 100 PSI. Failure to vent air
tanks may cause personal injury. tanks may cause personal injury.
3. Remove Range Cylinder Cover. 3. Disassemble Range Cylinder and components.
4. Verify Range Cylinder Cover air ports are not 4. Inspect components for damage or contamination,
obstructed or contaminated. Test for obstructions specifically the Piston o-rings and Range Solenoid
using shop air to ensure proper air flow. Valve.
If ports are obstructed or contaminated, 5. Inspect Range Cylinder and ensure cylinder has a
replace Range Cylinder Cover, Range Solenoid light coating of lube and is free from rust, corrosion
Valve and overhaul Range Cylinder. Go to Step or oil.
G.
If components are in proper condition,
If ports are not obstructed or contaminated, go to Step G.
replace Range Solenoid Valve and overhaul
If components show signs of rust, corrosion
Range Cylinder. Go to Step G.
or oil, or damage is found, overhaul Range
Cylinder, replace Range Solenoid Valve and
resolve contamination issues with vehicle air
system. Go to Step G.
Note: Rust and moisture may cause premature
failure in air system components.

Purpose: Verify operation of range system.


G
1. Test drive vehicle and ensure that range system
works as intended. Operate the vehicle in scenarios
that require range shifts to be made.
If the vehicle does not properly complete range
shifts, go to Step H.
If the vehicle completes range shifts without
issues, go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 259


Fault Code 41 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify condition of auxiliary section Purpose: Verify repair.


H components. V
1. Inspect the Transmission Tone Wheel for damaged 1. Key off.
or missing gear teeth.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
2. Drain transmission oil, looking for signs of components are properly installed.
significant metal fragments in the lubricant. Look
3. Key on with engine off.
for signs of internal damage to the transmission.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
3. Remove auxiliary case from transmission.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
4. Inspect auxiliary case Yoke Bar and Shift Yoke for
duplicate the previous complaint.
any signs of damage.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Inspect Range Synchronizer for signs of worn
friction material or broken Synchronizer Pins. If no fault codes set Active and vehicle
operates properly, test complete.
6. Ensure that auxiliary case Output Shaft Bearing and
Auxiliary Countershaft Bearings are not damaged If Fault Code 41 sets Active during the test
or worn. drive, go to Step A.
If no damage is found, and the oil level is If a fault code other than 41 sets, troubleshoot
correct with no significant metal fragments, per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
replace Range Solenoid Valve. Go to Step V. page 14.
If damage is found, repair or replace auxiliary
case components as necessary. Go to Step V.
Note: If the transmission is found to be low on
oil, make sure to inspect the main case for
damage due to the low lubricant condition.

260 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve

Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve


J1587: MID 130 SID 35 FMI 3, 4, 5
MID 130 SID 36 FMI 3, 4, 5
J1939: SA 3 SPN 768 FMI 3, 4, 5
SA 3 SPN 769 FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview Fallback
Most Fuller Advantage Transmission models are equipped All FMIs
with a 2-speed range system in the auxiliary case. The
ability to select an auxiliary range gear independently from F flashes in gear display.
a main case gear allows the transmission twice the number Service light flashes (if equipped).
of overall gear ratios by using the main case gearing once in Engine cranks and starts.
auxiliary low range and again in auxiliary high range.
High side coil failure (SID 35/SPN 768).
The range system is equipped with a Range Solenoid Valve. - If the failure occurs in high range, the
The Range Solenoid Valve is an electric-over-air solenoid transmission shifts through all high range gears
that is controlled by the Transmission Electronic Control and shifts to low range when vehicle speed is
Unit (TECU), replacing the Shift Knob-Slave Valve system appropriate; however, the transmission is then
found on Eaton Fuller manual transmissions. restricted to shifting in all low range gears only.
During operation, the solenoid directs air pressure to either - If the failure occurs in low range, the
port in the Range Cylinder based on the need to activate the transmission shifts through all low range gears
auxiliary low range or high range gearing. The applied air but will not shift to high range.
pressure directs the fore-and-aft movement of the Range Low side coil failure (SID 36/SPN 769).
Piston within the Range Cylinder, facilitating the mechanical
engagement of the Range Synchronizer into either low or - If the failure occurs in high range, the
high range. Auxiliary case gear changes are physically transmission shifts through all high range gears
engaged and disengaged to the transmission main case but will not shift into low range.
through the Range Synchronizer. - If the failure occurs in low range, the
transmission shifts through all low range gears
Fault Code 43 indicates an electrical fault within the Range but will not shift to high range.
Solenoid Valve circuit.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Detection All FMIs: An electrical short or open circuit is not detected
The TECU can detect an open circuit or a short to ground for 2 seconds.
when the Range Solenoid Valve is on. The TECU can detect
a short to power when the Range Solenoid Valve is off.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active


FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: With the
solenoid off, the TECU detects high voltage in the Range
Solenoid Valve high side driver circuit for 1 second.

FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: With the


solenoid on, the TECU detects low voltage in the Range
Solenoid Valve low side driver circuit for 1 second.

FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: With the


solenoid on, the TECU detects an open in the Range
Solenoid Valve circuit for 1 second.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 261


Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Possible Causes
FMI 3
Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power

TECU
- Internal short to power

FMI 4
Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to ground

Range Solenoid Valve


- Internal short to ground

TECU
- Internal short to ground

FMI 5
Transmission Harness
- Open circuit
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals

Range Solenoid Valve


- Internal solenoid coil failure

TECU
- Internal open circuit

262 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. Range Solenoid Valve
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 263


Fault Code 43: Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

1 2
34 28 6

3 4

6 C
34 B
28 A

25 A
17 B
31 C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 3-Way Range Solenoid Valve Connector
4. 3-Way Range Solenoid Valve
5. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

264 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Note: If Fault Code 43 is Inactive and there are
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
other Active fault codes, troubleshoot all Active
there are Active fault codes.
fault codes first.
If Fault Code 43 is Active, go to Step C.
If Fault Code 43 is Inactive, go to Step B.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections. Be sure to include


Transmission Harness from the Range Solenoid
Valve to the TECU.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If Fault Code 43 or any other fault code set
Active while wiggling the Transmission Har-
ness, replace the Transmission Harness.
Go to Step V.
If no fault codes became Active while wiggling
the Transmission Harness, go to Step C.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 265


Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of Range Solenoid
C Circuit at the TECU.
If both readings are in range, go to Step D.
If either reading is out of range, go to Step F.

1. Key off.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per- Pins Range Reading(s)
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding. 28 to 6 916 ohms
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
34 to 6 916 ohms
Connector from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin
28 and Pin 6. Record reading(s) in table.

28 6

28 6

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


34 and Pin 6. Record reading(s) in table.

34 6

34 6

266 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting

4. Disconnect 3-Way Range Solenoid Valve


Purpose: Check for short to ground in Range Connector.
D Solenoid Valve circuit. 5. Inspect 3-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
1. Key off. 6. Compare reading(s) in table.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission If any reading is out of range, replace Trans-
Harness Connector Pin 34 and ground. Record mission Harness. Go to Step V.
reading(s) in table.
If all readings are in range and FMIs 4 or 5 are
set, go to Step G.
34
If all readings are in range and FMI 3 is set,
go to Step E.

Pins Range Reading(s)

34 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

34 28 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin


28 and ground. Record reading(s) in table.

28

28

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 267


Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Check for short to power in Range
E Solenoid Valve circuit.
If any reading is out of range, replace Trans-
mission Harness. Go to Step V.
If all readings are in range, replace TECU. Go
1. Key off. to Step V.
2. Remove cover of 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
3. Inspect 4-Way Connector body for damage and
Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission 6 to A Open Circuit (OL)
Harness Connector Pin 6 and 4-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin A. Record reading(s) in table. 6 to B Open Circuit (OL)

6
A

6 A

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 6 and 4-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin B. Record reading(s) in table.

B
6 B

268 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of Range Solenoid Valve
F High and Low Circuits.
If all readings are in range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If any reading is out of range, replace the
1. Key off. Range Solenoid Valve. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 3-Way Range Solenoid Valve
Connector.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Measure resistance between 3-Way Range
Solenoid Valve Pin A and Pin C on the valve body.
A to C 916 ohms
Record reading(s) in table.

B to C 916 ohms

C A

C A

4. Measure resistance between 3-Way Range


Solenoid Valve Pin B and Pin C on the valve body.
Record reading(s) in table.

C B

B C

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 269


Fault Code 43 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify fault code status. Purpose: Verify repair.


G V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed. components are properly installed.
3. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Key on with engine off. 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes 5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps. duplicate the previous complaint.
If Fault Code 43 is now Inactive, replace 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Transmission Harness and Range Solenoid
If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
Valve. Go to Step V.
properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 43 is now Active, replace TECU.
If Fault Code 43 sets Active during the test
Go to Step V.
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 43 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

270 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45: Inertia Brake Performance

Fault Code 45: Inertia Brake Performance


J1587: MID 130 SID 54 FMI 7
J1939: SA 3 SPN 787 FMI 7

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with a Low FMI 7: Input Shaft Speed deceleration is above 1000
Capacity Inertia Brake (LCIB) to slow Input Shaft speed for RPM/sec.
more efficient gear engagement. As the Electronic Clutch
Actuator (ECA) pulls the Heavy-Duty ECA Clutch Release Possible Causes
Bearing back against the LCIB, the friction plates contained FMI 7
within the LCIB make contact with the outer plates and slow
the Input Shaft down to allow smoother gear engagement. LCIB
Fault Code 45 indicates the LCIB failed to reduce Input - Oil leak contamination
Shaft speed. - Excessive release bearing greasing
Detection - Internal wear or damage
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) com- ECA
mands the ECA to open the clutch and contact the LCIB. If - Internal failure
the TECU does not see a significant enough drop in Input
Shaft speed, the fault code is set Active. ECA Clutch
- Excessive clutch drag
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Engine
FMI 7 Mechanical System Not Responding: During LCIB
engagement Input Shaft speed deceleration is less than - Failed pilot bearing
1000 RPM/sec for 0.15 seconds with significant current
applied to the ECA and the transmission in a non-neutral
mode.

Fallback
FMI 7

No fallback mode associated with this fault; how-


ever, slow-to-shift or difficulty engaging start gear
complaints may be presented.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 271


Fault Code 45: Inertia Brake Performance | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. Low Capacity Inertia Brake (LCIB)

272 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 45 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Perform LCIB Deceleration Test in
A B ServiceRanger.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Key on with engine running.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. 3. Connect ServiceRanger.
If Fault Codes 27, 64, 65, 66, or 67 are Active 4. In ServiceRanger, select Service Routines.
or Inactive, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isola-
5. Run Low Capacity Inertia Brake Test.
tion Procedure Index on page 14.
If test passes, go to Step C.
If Fault Code 45 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step C. If test fails, replace LCIB. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 273


Fault Code 45 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Inspect physical condition of LCIB and Purpose: Verify repair.


C ECA Clutch. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove single retaining bolt securing Clutch Hous- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
ing cover. nents are properly installed.
3. Through the Clutch Housing cover opening, inspect 3. Key on with engine off.
LCIB for grease contamination or blue heat discol-
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
oration.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
4. Inspect inside Clutch Housing for signs of LCIB
duplicate the previous complaint.
friction material or other signs of LCIB failure.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Inspect clutch for any sign of a failure including
corrosion, excessive clutch dust or related drivers If no codes set and vehicle operates properly,
complaint of a clutch failure. test complete.
Note: Reference Heavy-Duty Clutch Service Manual If Fault Code 45 sets Active during the test
(CLSM0200) for full LCIB inspection procedures. drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
If signs of a clutch failure are found, replace
ECA Clutch and LCIB. Go to Step V. If a fault code other than 45 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
If signs of an LCIB failure are found, replace page 14.
LCIB. Go to Step V.
If no issues are found, replace ECA. Go to Step
V.
Note: A clutch that is dragging or binding can
cause the LCIB to fail prematurely.

274 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51: Rail Position Sensor

Fault Code 51: Rail Position Sensor


J1587: MID 130 PID 60 FMI 2, 3, 4, 10 , 11
J1939: SA 3 SPN 60 FMI 2, 3, 4, 10 , 11

Overview Fallback
The Fuller Advantage X-Y Shifter is equipped with a Rail All FMIs
Position Sensor. The X-Y Rail Position Sensor reports
lateral movement of the Shift Finger to the Transmission F flashes in gear display.
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) as a voltage signal. The X-Y Service light flashes (if equipped).
Rail Position Sensor is connected to the TECU via the Transmission remains in current gear.
Transmission Harness.
Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
The TECU performs continuous diagnostics on the circuit to shut off engine with transmission in gear.
detect a shorted circuit, open circuit or incorrect position
reading. Fault Code 51 is set when the TECU has detected Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
either an electrical failure of the X-Y Rail Position Sensor FMI 2: X-Y Rail Position Sensor return voltage signal stays
circuit or a mechanical failure within the X-Y Shifter. within the 0.54.5-volt range for 1 second.

Detection FMI 3, 4: Supply voltage stays within the 4.755.25 volt


The TECU monitors both the 5-volt X-Y Rail Position Sensor range for 1 second.
supply and the return voltage signal from the X-Y Rail FMI 10: X-Y Rail Position Sensor return voltage signal
Position Sensor. If the system detects that either the supply remains consistent (within 0.2 volts) while the
voltage or return voltage is out of range, the fault code is transmission is in gear.
set Active.
FMI 11: X-Y Rail Position Sensor voltage in range.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU detects the X-Y Rail Position Possible Causes
Sensor return voltage signal is outside of the 0.54.5-volt FMI 2, 4, 10, 11
range for 1 second or longer.
Transmission Harness
FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TECU - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
detects the X-Y Rail Position Sensor supply voltage has
exceeded 5.25 volts for 1 second or longer. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open
FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU
detects the X-Y Rail Position Sensor supply voltage is X-Y Shifter
below 4.75 volts for 1 second or longer. - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
FMI 10 Abnormal Rate of Change: The reported X-Y Rail - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
Position Sensor return voltage signal changed by more than or open
0.2 volts, or finger position moved by more than 0.093 - Rail Position Sensor damaged
inches, while the transmission is engaged in gear.
TECU
FMI 11 Root Cause Unknown: The X-Y Rail Position Sen-
- Internal failure
sor voltage is out of range.
FMI 3

TECU
- Internal failure

Transmission Harness
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to power

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 275


Fault Code 51: Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1 2

5
3

1. X-Y Shifter
2. 3-Way Rail Position Sensor
3. 3-Way Rail Position Sensor Connector
4. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
5. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

276 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51: Rail Position Sensor

1 2
20 19 18

3 4

18 A
19 B
20 C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 3-Way Rail Position Sensor Connector
4. 3-Way Rail Position Sensor

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 277


Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
If Fault Code 51 FMI 3, 4, 10, 11 is Active, go Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.
to Step C.
If Fault Code 51 FMI 3, 4, 10, 11 is Inactive, go
to Step B.
If Fault Code 51 FMI 2 is Active or Inactive, go
to Step D.
3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
Harness between the Rail Position Sensor and the
TECU.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault codes set Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, go to Step C.

278 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for short to ground in Rail Purpose: Verify the condition of the 38-Way
C Position circuit. D Transmission Harness Connector.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness 2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector from the TECU. Connector from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and 3. Verify the connector is free from contamination and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
body.
Harness Connector Pin 18 and ground. Record
reading(s) in table. 4. Inspect the TECU side of the 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector for contamination and
18 corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body.
If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.
If contamination or damage is found, replace
the Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

18

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


If connector is damaged, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, go to Step E.
If readings are out of range, replace
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

18 to Open Circuit (OL)


Ground

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 279


Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify the proper resistance of the Rail Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
E Position Sensor circuit. F
1. Key off. 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 51.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission If FMI 2, 10 or 11 set, replace Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 18 and Pin 19. Record Harness. Go to Step V.
reading(s) in table.
If FMI 3 or 4 set, replace TECU and
19 18
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

19 18

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 18 and Pin 20. Record
reading(s) in table.
20 18

20 18

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


If all readings are in range, go to Step F.
If either reading is out of range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

18 to 19 150200 ohms

18 to 20 5.5k6.5k ohms

280 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Rail
G Position Sensor.
If the connector is damaged, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If all readings are in range, go to Step H.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 3-Way Transmission Harness If either reading is out of range, replace X-Y
Connector from 3-Way Rail Position Sensor. Shifter. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect 3-Way Connector body for damage and


bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 3-Way Rail Position
Sensor Body Pin A and Pin C. Record reading(s) in A to B 150200 ohms
table.
A to C 5.5k6.5k ohms
C

C A

5. Measure resistance between 3-Way Rail Position


Sensor Body Pin A and Pin B. Record reading(s) in
table.

B A

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 281


Fault Code 51 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Verify which FMI set. Purpose: Verify repair.


H V
1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 51. 1. Key off.
If FMI 2,10 or 11 set, replace Transmission 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
Harness. Go to Step V. components are properly installed.
If FMI 3 or 4 set, replace TECU and 3. Key on with engine off.
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and the vehicle
operates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 51 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 51 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

282 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor

Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor


J1587: MID 130 PID 59 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, 11
J1939: SA 3 SPN 59 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, 10, 11

Overview Fallback
The Fuller Advantage X-Y Shifter is equipped with a Gear All FMIs:
Position Sensor. The X-Y Gear Position Sensor reports
fore-and-aft movement of the Shift Finger to the F flashes in gear display.
Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) as a voltage Service light flashes (if equipped).
signal. The X-Y Gear Position Sensor is connected to the Transmission remains in current gear.
TECU via the Transmission Harness.
Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
The TECU performs continuous diagnostics on the circuit to shut off engine with transmission in gear.
detect a shorted circuit, open circuit or incorrect position
reading. Fault Code 52 is set when TECU has detected either Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
an electrical failure of the X-Y Gear Position Sensor circuit FMI 2: X-Y Gear Position Sensor return voltage signal stays
or a mechanical failure within the X-Y Shifter. within the 0.54.5-volt range for 1 second.

Detection FMI 3, 4: Supply voltage stays within the 4.755.25-volt


The TECU monitors both the 5-volt X-Y Gear Position range for 1 second.
Sensor supply and the return voltage signal from the X-Y FMI 7: X-Y Gear Position Sensor return voltage signal
Gear Position Sensor. If the system detects that either the returns within the physical operating range of the Shift Bar
supply voltage or return voltage is out of range, the fault Housing.
code is set Active.
FMI 10: X-Y Rail Position Sensor return voltage signal
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active remains consistent (within 0.2 volts) while the
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU detects the X-Y Gear Position transmission is in gear.
Sensor return voltage signal is outside of the 0.54.5-volt
range for 1 second or longer. FMI 11: X-Y Rail Position Sensor voltage in range.

FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TECU Possible Causes


detects the X-Y Gear Position Sensor supply voltage has 2, 4, 7, 10, 11:
exceeded 5.25 volts for 1 second or longer.
Transmission Harness
FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
detects the X-Y Gear Position Sensor supply voltage is
below 4.75 volts for 1 second or longer. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open
FMI 7 Mechanical System Not Responding: The reported X-Y Shifter
X-Y Gear Position Sensor return voltage signal is outside of
the operating range physically allowed for 1 second or - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
longer. - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open
FMI 10 Abnormal Rate of Change: The reported X-Y Gear
Position Sensor return voltage signal changed by more than - Gear Position Sensor damaged
0.2 volts, or finger position moved by more than 0.093 TECU
inches, while the transmission is engaged in gear. - Internal failure
FMI 11 Mechanical System Not Responding: The X-Y
Gear Position Sensor voltage is out of range.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 283


Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

FMI 3:

TECU
- Internal failure
Transmission Harness
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to power

284 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor

Component Identification

2 3

1. X-Y Shifter
2. 3-Way Gear Position Sensor
3. 3-Way Gear Position Sensor Connector
4. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
5. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 285


Fault Code 52: Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

1 2
12 11 10

3 4

10 A
11 B
12 C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 3-Way Gear Position Sensor Connector
4. 3-Way Gear Position Sensor

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

286 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 52 FMI 3, 4, 7, 10, 11 is Active,
Active fault codes exist.
go to Step C.
If Fault Code 52 FMI 3, 4, 7, 10, 11 is Inactive,
go to Step B.
If Fault Code 52 FMI 2 is Active or Inactive, go
to Step D.
3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
Harness between the Gear Position Sensor and the
TECU. Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring.
Verify all connections are clean and tight.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault codes set Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, go to Step C.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 287


Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check for short to ground in Rail Position Purpose: Verify the condition of the 38-Way
C circuit. D Transmission Harness Connector.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness 2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector from the TECU. Connector from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and 3. Verify the connector is free from contamination and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
body.
Harness Connector Pin 10 and ground. Record
reading(s) in table. 4. Inspect the TECU side of the 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector for contamination and
10
corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body.
If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.
If contamination or damage is found, replace
the Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

10

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


If connector is damaged, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If readings are in range, go to Step E.
If readings are out of range, replace
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

10 to Open Circuit (OL)


Ground

288 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify the proper resistance of the Gear Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
E Position Sensor circuit. F
1. Key off. 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 52.
2. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission If FMI 2, 7, 10 or 11 set, replace Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 10 and Pin 11. Record Harness. Go to Step V.
reading(s) in table.
If FMI 3 or 4 set, replace TECU and
11 10 Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.

11 10

3. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission


Harness Connector Pin 10 and Pin 12. Record
reading(s) in table.
12 10

12 10

4. Compare reading(s) in table.


If all readings are in range, go to Step F.
If either reading is out of range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

10 to 11 150200 ohms

10 to 12 5.5k6.5k ohms

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 289


Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Gear
G Position Sensor.
If the connector is damaged, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V.
If all readings are in range, go to Step H.
1. Key off.
If either reading is out of range, replace the
2. Disconnect 3-Way Transmission Harness X-Y Shifter. Go to Step V.
Connector from the 3-Way Gear Position Sensor.
3. Inspect 3-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 3-Way Gear Position
A to B 150200 ohms
Sensor Body Pin A and Pin B. Record reading(s) in
table.
A to C 5.5k6.5k ohms

B A

5. Measure resistance between 3-Way Gear Position


Sensor Body Pin A and Pin C. Record reading(s) in
table.

C A

290 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify which FMI set. Purpose: Verify repair.


H V
1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 52. 1. Key off.
If FMI 2, 7, 10 or 11 set, replace Transmission 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
Harness. Go to Step V. components are properly installed.
If FMI 3 or 4 set, replace TECU and 3. Key on with engine off.
Transmission Harness. Go to Step V.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle
operates properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 52 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 52 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 291


Fault Code 52 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

292 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56: Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Fault Code 56: Input Shaft Speed Sensor


J1587 MID 130 PID 161 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
J1939 SA 3 SPN 161 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TECU


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with elec- detects an open circuit or the Input Shaft Speed Sensor has
tronic speed sensors. The Input Shaft, Main Shaft and Out- high resistance.
put Shaft Speed Sensors are used to calculate gear ratios
within the transmission. The Input Shaft Speed Sensor Fallback
measures the rotational speed of the Input Shaft, taken All FMIs
from the upper countershaft drive gear. The Main Shaft
F flashes in gear display.
Speed Sensor measures the rotational speed of the trans-
mission gearing exiting the main case, taken from the auxil- Service light flashes (if equipped).
iary upper countershaft gear. The Output Shaft Speed Transmission will not engage a gear from neutral.
Sensor measures the rotational speed of the output shaft
Transmission may be limited to down shifts only.
taken from the Output Shaft Tone Wheel. The Transmission
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) compares these speeds to Transmission operates as normal until neutral gear
calculate the gear ratios of the main case, auxiliary case and selection is attained. Once in neutral, the transmis-
overall transmission. sion will not engage a start gear.

The Input Shaft Speed Sensor transmits a voltage signal to Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
the TECU based on the rotational speed of the Input Shaft All FMIs: TECU receives a valid signal from the Input Shaft
entering the transmission main case. The TECU compares Speed Sensor and detects no electrical open or short cir-
Input Shaft Speed to Main Shaft Speed to confirm the gear cuits for 2 seconds.
ratio of the main case and compares Input Shaft Speed to
Output Shaft Speed to confirm the overall transmission Possible Causes
gear ratio. All FMIs
Fault Code 56 indicates an electrical fault within the Input Transmission Harness
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit or a speed value that is inconsis-
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
tent with the calculated gear ratios.
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Detection open
The TECU monitors the Input Shaft Speed Sensor signal Input Shaft Speed Sensor
and compares the sensor readings with the Main Shaft
- Internal failure
Speed Sensor and the Output Shaft Speed Sensor to deter-
mine sensor validity. The TECU also monitors the Input - Physical damage
Shaft Speed Sensor electrical circuit for any shorts to Mechanical Transmission
power, ground or open circuits.
- Internal transmission wear or damage
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
The system can detect Input Shaft Speed Sensor faults
when one of the following conditions is present for 1 sec-
ond or longer:

FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU detects data being reported


from the Input Shaft Speed Sensor does not match the cur-
rent gear ratio in comparison with other sensors.

FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TECU


detects a short to power in the circuit.

FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU


detects a short to ground in the circuit.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 293


Fault Code 56: Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor

294 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56: Input Shaft Speed Sensor

1 2
8 7

3 4

7 1 1
8 2 2

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector
4. 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 295


Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 56 is Active with FMI 3, 4, or 5,
Active fault codes exist.
go to Step C.
If Fault Code 56 is Active or Inactive with FMI
2, go to Step F.
If Fault Code 56 is Inactive with FMI 3, 4, or 5,
go to Step B.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission


Harness from the Input Shaft Speed Sensor to the
TECU. Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring.
Verify all connections are clean and tight.
4. Verify Input Shaft Speed Sensor is properly
installed and secured, not damaged or corroded
within the Shift Bar Housing.
5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor, replace Input Shaft
Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
If no fault is found, replace Transmission Har-
ness and Input Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step
V.

296 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting

6. After reading is taken, reconnect 38-Way Transmis-


Purpose: Verify continuity of Input Shaft Speed sion Harness Connector at the TECU.
C Sensor circuit and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step D.
1. Key off.
If readings are out of range, go to Step E.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
7 to 8 2.0k4.5k ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

8 7

Purpose: Verify fault code status.


D
8 7
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission 3. Connect ServiceRanger.


Harness Connector Pin 7 and ground. Record read- 4. Key on with engine off.
ing(s) in table.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.

7 If Fault Code 56 is Inactive, replace Transmis-


sion Harness and Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 56 is Active, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 297


Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Reconnect 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor to the


Purpose: Verify continuity across Input Shaft Transmission Harness.
E Speed Sensor and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
1. Key off. Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect the 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor If readings are out of range, replace Input
Connector. Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Also,
check sensor body for cracks or visual damage. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Input Shaft
1 to 2 2.0k4.5k ohms
Speed Sensor Pin 1 and Pin 2 Record reading(s) in
table.
2 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

1 2

1 2

5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Input Shaft


Speed Sensor Pin 2 and ground. Record reading(s)
in table.

298 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting

6. After reading is taken, reconnect 38-Way Transmis-


Purpose: Verify continuity of Input Shaft Speed sion Harness Connector at the TECU.
F Sensor circuit. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step G.
1. Key off.
If readings are out of range, go to Step H.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
7 to 8 2.0k4.5k ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record read-
ing(s) in table. 7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

8 7

Purpose: Inspect Transmission Main Case for in-


G ternal damage.

8 7
1. Key off.
2. Drain transmission of lubricant into a clean pan for
re-use. Note how much lubricant comes out and if
significant metal fragments appear in the oil.
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 7 and ground. Record read- 3. Remove the 8-bolt PTO Cover.
ing(s) in table. 4. Inspect Main Case components for any signs of
damage, specifically to the main drive gear and its
mating upper countershaft gear.
7
If damage is found or there are significant
metal fragments in the oil, replace damaged,
worn or failed transmission components. Go
to Step V.
If no damage is found, replace Input Shaft
Speed Sensor and Transmission Harness. Go
to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 299


Fault Code 56 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Reconnect 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor to the


Purpose: Verify continuity across Input Shaft Transmission Harness.
H Speed Sensor and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
1. Key off. Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect the 2-Way Input Shaft Speed Sensor If readings are out of range, replace the Input
Connector. Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Also,
check sensor body for cracks or visual damage. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Input Shaft
1 to 2 2.0k4.5k ohms
Speed Sensor Pin 1 and Pin 2. Record reading(s) in
table.
2 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

1 2

Purpose: Verify repair.


1 2 V
1. Key off.
5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Input Shaft
Speed Sensor Pin 2 and ground. Record reading(s) 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
in table. nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
2
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
2
If Fault Code 56 sets Active during the test
drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
If a fault code other than 56 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

300 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57: Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Fault Code 57: Main Shaft Speed Sensor


J1587: MID 130 PID 160 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
J1939: SA 3 SPN 160 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TECU


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with four detects an open circuit or the Main Shaft Speed Sensor has
electronic speed sensors. The Input Shaft, Main Shaft and high resistance.
Output Shaft Speed Sensors are used to calculate gear
ratios within the transmission. The Input Shaft Speed Sen- Fallback
sor measures the rotational speed of the Input Shaft, taken All FMIs
from the upper countershaft drive gear. The Main Shaft
F flashes in gear display.
Speed Sensor measures the rotational speed of the trans-
mission gearing exiting the main case, taken from the auxil- Service light flashes (if equipped).
iary upper countershaft gear. The Output Shaft Speed If fault occurs in low range, transmission will not
Sensor measures the rotational speed of the output shaft complete a high range shift.
taken from the Output Shaft Tone Wheel. The Transmission
If fault occurs in high range, transmission will
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) compares these speeds to
down shift into low range, but will not shift back
calculate the gear ratios of the main case, auxiliary case and
into high range.
overall transmission.

The Main Shaft Speed Sensor transmits a voltage signal to Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
the TECU based on the rotational speed of the gearing exit- All FMIs: TECU receives a valid signal from the Main Shaft
ing the transmission main case. The TECU compares Main Speed Sensor and detects no electrical open or short cir-
Shaft Speed to Input Shaft Speed to confirm the gear ratio cuits for 2 seconds.
of the main case and compares Main Shaft Speed to Output
Shaft Speed to confirm the gear ratio of the auxiliary case. Possible Causes
All FMIs
Fault Code 57 indicates an electrical fault within the Main
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit or a speed value that is inconsis- Transmission Harness
tent with the calculated gear ratios. - Bent, spread, loose or corroded terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
Detection
open
The TECU compares the values of these three speed sen-
sors to determine sensor validity. The TECU also monitors Main Shaft Speed Sensor
the Main Shaft Speed Sensor electrical circuit for any shorts - Internal failure
to power, ground or open circuits.
- Physical damage
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Mechanical Transmission
The system can detect Main Shaft Speed Sensor faults - Auxiliary Drive Gear damage or failure
when one of the following conditions is present for 1 sec-
- Auxiliary Countershaft gear damage or failure
ond or longer:

FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU detects data being reported


from the Input Shaft Speed Sensor does not match the cur-
rent gear ratio in comparison with other sensors.

FMI 3 Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TECU


detects a short to power in the circuit.

FMI 4 Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TECU


detects a short to ground in the circuit.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 301


Fault Code 57: Main Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

3 4

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor Connector Body
4. 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor
5. Main Shaft Speed Sensor

302 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57: Main Shaft Speed Sensor

1 2
16 15

3 4

15 1 1
16 2 2

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor Connector Body
4. 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 303


Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 57 is Active with FMI 3, 4 or 5, go
Active fault codes exist.
to Step C.
If Fault Code 57 is Active or Inactive with FMI
2, go to Step F.
If Fault Code 57 is Inactive with FMI 3, 4 or 5,
go to Step B.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission


Harness from the Main Shaft Speed Sensor to the
TECU. Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring.
Verify all connections are clean and tight.
4. Verify Main Shaft Speed Sensor is properly
installed and secured, not damaged or corroded
within the Shift Bar Housing.
5. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If any fault became Active while wiggling the
Main Shaft Speed Sensor, replace Main Shaft
Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
If no fault is found, replace Transmission Har-
ness and Main Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step
V.

304 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting

6. After reading is taken, reconnect 38-Way Transmis-


Purpose: Verify continuity of Main Shaft Speed sion Harness Connector at the TECU.
C Sensor circuit and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step D.
1. Key off.
If readings are out range, go to Step E.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
15 to 16 2.0k4.5k ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 15 and Pin 16. Record
reading(s) in table. 15 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

16 15

Purpose: Verify fault code status.


D
16 15 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.

5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission 3. Connect ServiceRanger.


Harness Connector Pin 15 and ground. Record 4. Key on with engine off.
reading(s) in table.
5. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
15 If Fault Code 57 is Inactive, replace Transmis-
sion Harness and Main Shaft Speed Sensor.
Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 57 is Active, replace TECU. Go to
Step V.

15

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 305


Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Reconnect 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor to the


Purpose: Verify continuity across Main Shaft Transmission Harness.
E Speed Sensor and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
1. Key off. Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect the 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor If readings are out of range, replace Main Shaft
Connector. Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Also,
check sensor body for cracks or visual damage. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Main Shaft
1 to 2 2.0k4.5k ohms
Speed Sensor Pin 1 and Pin 2. Record reading(s) in
table.
2 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

1 2

1 2

5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Main Shaft


Speed Sensor Pin 2 and ground. Record reading(s)
in table.

306 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting

6. After reading is taken, reconnect 38-Way Transmis-


Purpose: Verify continuity of Main Shaft Speed sion Harness Connector at the TECU.
F Sensor circuit. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, go to Step G.
1. Key off.
If readings are out of range, go to Step H.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
15 to 16 2.0k4.5k ohms
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Pin 15 and Pin 16. Record reading(s) in
table. 15 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

16 15

Purpose: Inspect Transmission Main Case for


G internal damage.

16 15 1. Key off.
2. Drain transmission of lubricant into a clean pan for
re-use. Note how much lubricant comes out and if
significant metal fragments appear in the oil.
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Pin 15 and ground. Record reading(s) in 3. Remove the 8-bolt PTO Cover.
table. 4. Inspect Main Case components for any signs of
damage, specifically to the main drive gear and its
mating upper countershaft gear.
15
If damage is found or there are significant
metal fragments in the oil, replace damaged,
worn or failed transmission components. Go
to Step V.
If no damage is found, replace Main Shaft
Speed Sensor and Transmission Harness. Go
to Step V.

15

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 307


Fault Code 57 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Reconnect 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor to the


Purpose: Verify continuity across Main Shaft Transmission Harness.
H Speed Sensor and no continuity to ground. 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
1. Key off. Harness. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect the 2-Way Main Shaft Speed Sensor If readings are out of range, replace the Main
Connector. Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals. Also,
check sensor body for cracks or visual damage. Pins Range Reading(s)
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Main Shaft
1 to 2 2.0k4.5k ohms
Speed Sensor Pin 1 and Pin 2. Record reading(s) in
table.
2 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

1 2

Purpose: Verify repair.


1 2 V
1. Key off.
5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Main Shaft
Speed Sensor Pin 2 and ground. Record reading(s) 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
in table. nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
2
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set Active and vehicle oper-
ates properly, test complete.
2
If Fault Code 57 sets Active during the test
drive, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostics.
If a fault code other than 57 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

308 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor


J1587: MID 130 PID 191 FMI 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11
J1939: SA 3 SPN 191 FMI 2, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11

Overview FMI 8 Abnormal Frequency: TECU detects an incorrect


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with elec- rotational direction from the Output Shaft Speed Sensor.
tronic speed sensors. The Input Shaft, Main Shaft and Out-
FMI 10 Abnormal Rate of Change: TECU detects an
put Shaft Speed Sensors are used to calculate gear ratios
excessive rate change.
within the transmission. The Input Shaft Speed Sensor
measures the rotational speed of the Input Shaft, taken FMI 11 Root Cause Unknown: TECU detects a speed sen-
from the upper countershaft drive gear. The Main Shaft sor error.
Speed Sensor measures the rotational speed of the trans-
mission gearing exiting the main case, taken from the auxil- Fallback
iary upper countershaft gear. The Output Shaft Speed All FMIs
Sensor measures the rotational speed and direction of the
output shaft, taken from the Tone Wheel. The Transmission F flashes in gear display.
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) compares these speeds to Service light flashes (if equipped).
calculate the gear ratios of the main case, auxiliary case and
If fault occurs in low range, transmission still shifts
overall transmission.
up and down within low range, but will not com-
The Output Shaft Speed Sensor transmits a digital signal to plete the shift to high range.
the TECU based on the rotational speed of the Output Shaft If fault occurs while in high range, the transmission
Tone Wheel. The TECU compares Main Shaft Speed to Out- still shifts up and down within high range. Once low
put Shaft Speed to confirm the gear ratio of the auxiliary range is reached, the transmission will not com-
case and compares Input Shaft Speed to Output Shaft plete the shift back to high range.
Speed to confirm the overall transmission gear ratio.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Fault Code 58 indicates an electrical fault within the Output
All FMIs: TECU receives a valid signal from the Output
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit or a speed value or rotational
Shaft Speed Sensor and detects no electrical open or short
direction that is inconsistent with the calculated gear ratios.
circuits for 2 seconds.
Detection Possible Causes
The TECU compares the values of the three speed sensors
FMI 2
to determine sensor validity. The TECU also monitors the
Output Shaft Speed Sensor circuit for any shorts to power, Output Shaft Speed Sensor
shorts to ground, open circuits or incorrect rotational direc-
- Internal failure
tion of the Output Shaft.
- Physical damage
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Mechanical Transmission
The system can detect Output Shaft Speed Sensor faults
- Internal failure in auxiliary case
when one of the following conditions is present for 1 sec-
ond or longer: - Loose or broken Tone Wheel
FMI 5
FMI 2 Data Erratic: TECU detects data from the Output
Shaft Speed Sensor does not match the current gear ratio. Output Shaft Speed Sensor
FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TECU - Internal failure
detects an open circuit or the Output Shaft Speed Sensor - Physical damage or failure
has high resistance.
Transmission Harness
FMI 6 Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: TECU - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
detects a short to power in the circuit.
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 309


Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

FMI 6, 8, 11

Output Shaft Speed Sensor


- Internal failure
- Physical damage or failure
FMI 10

Output Shaft Speed Sensor


- Internal failure
- Physical damage or failure
Transmission Harness
- Bent, spread, loose or corroded terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
TECU
- Internal failure
Mechanical Transmission
- Auxiliary Case: internal failure
- Tone Wheel loose or broken

310 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification

3 4

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector Body
4. 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector
5. 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 311


Fault Code 58: Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

1 2
22 21

3 4

22 1 1
21 2 2

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector
4. 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

312 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
Procedure.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
If Fault Code 58 FMI 5, 6 or 10 is Inactive, go
Active fault codes exist.
to Step B.
If Fault Code 58 FMI 5, 6, 10 is Active, go to
Step F.
If Fault Code 58 FMI 2 is Active or Inactive, go
to Step D.
If Fault Code 58 FMI 8, 11 is Active or Inactive, 3. Wiggle wiring and connections of the Transmission
go to Step I. Harness from the Output Shaft Speed Sensor to the
TECU. Look for signs of pinched or chafed wiring.
Verify all connections are clean and tight.
4. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If any fault code set Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault codes set Active, go to Step C.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 313


Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Check tightness of Output Shaft End Purpose: Check tightness of Output Shaft End
C Yoke. D Yoke.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.


2. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
3. Attempt to move the Output Yoke at the rear of the 3. Attempt to move the Output Yoke at the rear of the
transmission both vertically and horizontally. Look transmission both vertically and horizontally. Look
and feel for any play. and feel for any play.
4. Verify that Tone Wheel is clean, free of debris or 4. Verify that Tone Wheel is clean, free of debris or
damage and does not spin freely by hand. damage and does not spin freely by hand.
5. Remove Output Shaft Speed Sensor and inspect for 5. Remove Output Shaft Speed Sensor and inspect for
any damage or signs of wear (cracks, broken any damage or signs of wear (cracks, broken
pickup, etc.). pickup, etc.).
If play is present in Output Shaft End Yoke, go If play is present in Output Shaft End Yoke, go
to Step E. to Step E.
If Output Shaft Speed Sensor is damaged, If no play is present, replace Output Shaft
replace Output Shaft Speed Sensor. Go to Step Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
V.
If no play is present and no damage found, go
to Step F.

314 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect auxiliary case of transmission. Purpose: Verify 5-volt reference at Output Shaft
E F Speed Sensor.

1. Drain transmission of lubricant into a clean pan for 1. Key on with engine off.
re-use. Note how much lubricant comes out and if
2. Disconnect 2-Way Output Shaft Speed Sensor.
significant metal fragments appear in the oil.
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
2. Remove the auxiliary case of the transmission and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
inspect for signs of damage, specifically inspecting
the Auxiliary Output Bearing for signs of failure. 4. Inspect 2-Way Connector and Transmission Har-
ness for any signs of cut, chafed or damaged wir-
3. Inspect Output Shaft Bearing for any damage or
ing.
wear.
5. Measure voltage between the 2-Way Output Shaft
If metal fragments are found, or if damage is
Speed Sensor Connector Pin 1 and ground.
found in the auxiliary case, repair or replace
auxiliary case components as necessary. Go to
Step V.
If no metal fragments are found, replace Auxil- 1
iary Output Bearing and reinstall auxiliary case.
Go to Step V.

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


If readings are in range, go to Step H.
If readings are out of range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

1 to Ground 4.56.0 V

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 315


Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify continuity of Output Shaft Speed
G Sensor circuit.
If readings are in range, replace Output Shaft
Speed Sensor and Transmission Harness. Go
to Step V.
1. Key off. If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec- sion Harness. Go to Step V.
tor from the TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
Pins Range Reading(s)
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission 22 to 1 0.00.3 Ohms
Harness Connector Pin 22 and 2-Way Output Shaft
Speed Sensor Connector Pin 1. Record reading(s) 22 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
in table.

22

Purpose: Verify continuity of Output Shaft Speed


H Sensor ground circuit.

1. Key off.
22 1
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor at TECU.
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
Harness Connector Pin 22 and ground. Record
reading(s) in table. 4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Transmission
Harness Connector Pin 21 and 2-Way Output Shaft
Speed Sensor Connector Pin 2.
22

21

22

21 2

316 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify repair.
If readings are in range, replace Output Shaft
Speed Sensor. Go to Step V. V
If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Harness. Go to Step V. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Key on with engine off.
21 to 2 0.00.3 ohms 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
If Fault Code 58 sets Active during the test
Purpose: Verify condition of Output Shaft Speed drive, go to Step A.
I Sensor connector.
If a fault code other than 58 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. page 14.
2. Key off.
3. Disconnect the 2-Way Output Speed Sensor.
4. Inspect the 2-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector,
verify the connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
loose; and there is no damage to the connector
body.
5. Inspect the Transmission Harness side of the
2-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector, verify the
connector is free from contamination and corro-
sion; the terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to the connector body.
If no contamination and damage is found,
replace the Output Speed Sensor. Go to Step
V.
If contamination or damage is found, replace
the Output Speed Sensor and Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 317


Fault Code 58 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

318 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit

Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit


J1587: MID 130 SID 39 FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
J1939: SA 3 SPN 772 FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview Fallback
The Fuller Advantage Transmission is equipped with an X-Y All FMIs
Shifter that selects a transmission gear. The X-Y Shifter
motors are controlled with electrical current supplied by the F flashes in gear display.
TECU to move the Shift Finger either side-to-side (rail Service light flashes (if equipped).
selection) or fore-and-aft (gear engagement and Engine may not crank.
disengagement). Fault Code 61 indicates a failure with the
circuit controlling the Rail Motor and the side-to-side Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
movement of the X-Y Shift Finger. Transmission does not shift while vehicle is
moving.
Detection Until fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
The system can identify an issue with the X-Y Shifter Rail shut off engine with transmission in gear.
Motor circuit, the TECU rail motor controller or the power
and ground connections to the TECU under the following Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
conditions: FMI 1, 5, 12: Set Inactive when the shift is completed.
FMI 1, 5 and 12 can be detected when the X-Y Rail FMI 6: An electrical short or open circuit is not detected for
Motor is energized. 0.5 seconds.
FMI 6 can be detected when the X-Y Rail Motor is
not energized. Possible Causes
FMI 1, 5
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 1 Data Valid but Below Normal: Transmission fails Transmission Harness
to complete a shift and the measured current draw of the - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Rail Motor is below expected values, but no short to ground - Wiring shorted to ground or open
or open circuit condition is detected.
X-Y Shifter Rail Motor
FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit:
Transmission fails to complete a shift, the measured current - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
draw of the Rail Motor is below expected values and an - Wiring shorted to ground or open
open circuit or short to ground condition is detected for 0.5
- Rail Motor shorted to ground, partial short to
seconds.
ground, or open
FMI 6 Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: TECU - Rail Motor internal failure
detects a short to power on the Rail Motor circuit for 0.5
seconds at power up or prior to a shift. TECU
- Internal failure
FMI 12 Bad Intelligent Device: Transmission fails to
complete a shift and the TECU detects intermittent FMI 6
fluctuations in supply voltage due to poor connections,
Transmission Harness
shorted Rail Motor circuit or a hardware failure of the TECU.
- Wiring shorted to power

TECU
- Internal failure

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 319


Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

FMI 12

Vehicle Power Supply


- Poor power or ground supply to TECU (may be
in conjunction with Fault Codes 33 or 34)
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open

Vehicle Batteries
- Internal failure

Vehicle 30-amp Battery Fuse


- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Fuse missing or improperly seated

TECU
- Internal failure

320 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit

Component Identification

1 2 3

6 5

1. X-Y Shifter
2. 2-Way Rail Motor Connector (black)
3. 2-Way Rail Motor Connector Body (black)
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
5. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
6. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
7. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 321


Fault Code 61: Rail Motor Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

1 2
37 35

3 4

35 B B
37 A A

25 A
17 B
31 C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Rail Motor Connector Body (black)
4. 2-Way Rail Motor Connector (black)
5. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

322 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of power and ground
A B supply.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.


occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. 3. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM specifica-
tions. Record reading(s).
If either Fault Codes 33 or 34 are Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure If any battery does not pass the Load Test,
Index on page 14. refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of batteries. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 61 is Active and Fault Codes 33 or
34 are Inactive or not set, go to Step D. If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step
C.
If Fault Code 61 is Inactive and Fault Codes 33
or 34 are Inactive or not set, go to Step B.

Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status


(Pass/Fail)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 323


Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
C locate intermittent failures. D
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 61.
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about If FMI 1, 5 or 12 set, go to Step E.
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
If FMI 6 set, replace TECU. Go to Step V.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way


Vehicle Harness Connector at the TECU and vehicle
battery supply. Look for signs of rubbing or
chafing.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way
Transmission Harness Connector at the TECU and
the black (X-Rail Motor) 2-Way Transmission
Harness Connector.
5. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way
Connector at the TECU and the blue (Y-Gear Motor)
2-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
6. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If Fault Code 61 or 63 set Active immediately
and continuously after entering PD Mode, go
to Step D.
If any fault code sets Active while wiggling the
Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the OEM wiring. Go to
Step V.
If any fault code sets Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault code sets Active while wiggling
either harness, go to Step D.

324 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify proper resistance through the
E Transmission Harness and Rail Motor.
If readings are in range, go to Step F.
If any reading is out of range,
go to Step H.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness
Connector from the TECU. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
35 to 37 10 ohms or less
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin 35 to Ground Greater than 5K
35 and Pin 37. Record reading(s) in table. ohms or Open
Circuit (OL)
37 35

Purpose: Verify which FMI set.


F
37 35

1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 61.


If FMI 1 or 12 set, go to Step I.
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector Pin
35 and ground. Record reading(s) in table. If FMI 5 set, go to Step G.

35

35

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 325


Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify internal circuit resistance of the
G TECU.
If readings are in range, replace XY Shifter. Go
to Step V.
If any reading is out of range, replace TECU.
1. Reconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness to the Go to Step V.
TECU.
2. Disconnect black 2-Way Rail Motor Connector from
Transmission Harness. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Remove cover of the 4-Way Diagnostic Connector.
A to C 15k ohms or
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Connector greater
Body Pin A and the 4-Way Connector Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table. C to A 15k ohms or
greater

C
A
A C

5. Reverse meter leads and take the same resistance


measurement between the 2-Way Connector Body
Pin A and the 4-Way Connector Pin C.
Record reading(s) in table.

C
A
C A

326 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify the resistance of the X-Y Rail
H Motor and verify motor is not shorted to ground.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If any reading is out of range, replace the XY
1. Key off. Shifter. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect black 2-Way Rail Motor Connector from
Transmission Harness.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
A to B 10 ohms or less
4. Measure resistance between the black 2-Way
Connector Pin A and Pin B. Record reading(s) in A to Ground Greater than 5K
table. ohms or Open
Circuit (OL)

B A
B A

5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Connector Pin


A and ground. Record reading(s) in table.

A
A

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 327


Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Wiggle the harness during the Load Test from the


Purpose: Load Test the vehicle power supply to the vehicle batteries to TECU.
I TECU. If issues are found with the power supply or
connectors, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
1. Key off. or replacement of OEM wiring and continue
Load Test.
2. Verify TECU battery power and ground supply from
the OEM Vehicle Harness is connected properly and If the power supply does not carry a load, refer
not corroded, damaged or loose. to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
OEM wiring. Go to Step V.
3. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. If no issues are found with the power supply or
connectors and the power supply carries a
4. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and load, go to Step J.
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
5. Load test the Vehicle Power Supply Harness with
an external load source. Use a sealed beam
headlamp or blower motor attached to Pin 36
(power) and Pin 38 (ground). Load Test for 5
minutes to verify the harness will carry a load with
the 30-amp fuse installed.
Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
38 36
J
1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 61.
If FMI 1 set, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357
for repair strategy.
If FMI 12 set, replace TECU. Go to Step V.

38 36

328 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.


V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 61 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 61 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 329


Fault Code 61 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

330 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit

Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit


J1587: MID 130 SID 40 FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
J1939: SA 3 SPN 773 FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview Fallback
The Fuller Advantage Transmission is equipped with an All FMIs
X-Y Shifter that selects a transmission gear. The X-Y Shifter
motors are controlled with electrical current supplied by the F flashes in gear display.
TECU to move the Shift Finger either side-to-side (rail Service light flashes (if equipped).
selection) or fore-and-aft (gear engagement and Engine may not crank.
disengagement). Fault Code 63 indicates a failure of the
circuit controlling the Gear Motor and the fore-and-aft Transmission may not engage a gear from neutral.
movement of the X-Y Shift Finger. Transmission does not shift while the vehicle is
moving.
Detection Until the fault becomes Inactive, driver may have to
The system can identify an issue with the X-Y Shifter Gear shut off engine with transmission in gear.
Motor circuit, the TECU gear motor controller or the power
and ground connections to the TECU under the following Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
conditions: FMI 1, 5, 12: Set Inactive when the shift is completed.
FMI 1, 5 and 12 can be detected when the X-Y Gear FMI 6: An electrical short or open circuit is not detected for
Motor is energized. 0.5 seconds.
FMI 6 can be detected when the X-Y Gear Motor is
not energized. Possible Causes
FMI 1, 5
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Transmission Harness
FMI 1 Data Valid but Below Normal: Transmission fails
to complete a shift and the measured current draw of the - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Gear Motor is below expected values, but no short to - Wiring shorted to ground or open
ground or open circuit condition is detected.
X-Y Shifter Gear Motor
FMI 5 Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
Transmission fails to complete a shift, the measured current
draw of the Gear Motor is below expected values and an - Wiring shorted to ground or open
open circuit or short to ground condition is detected for 0.5 - Gear Motor shorted to ground, partial short to
seconds. ground, or open
FMI 6 Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: TECU - Gear Motor internal failure
detects a short to power on the Gear Motor circuit for 0.5
TECU
seconds at power up or prior to a shift.
- Internal failure
FMI 12 Bad Intelligent Device: Transmission fails to
FMI 6
complete a shift and the TECU detects intermittent
fluctuations in supply voltage due to poor connections, Transmission Harness
shorted Gear Motor circuit or a hardware failure of the
- Wiring shorted to power
TECU.
TECU
- Internal failure

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 331


Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

FMI 12
Vehicle Power Supply
- Poor power or ground supply to TECU (may be
in conjunction with Fault Codes 33 or 34)
- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power
or open

Vehicle Batteries
- Internal failure

Vehicle 30-amp Battery Fuse


- Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
- Fuse missing or improperly seated
TECU
- Internal failure

332 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit

Component Identification

1 2

6 5

1. X-Y Shifter
2. 2-Way Gear Motor Connector (blue)
3. 2-Way Gear Motor Connector Body (blue)
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector
5. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
6. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
7. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 333


Fault Code 63: Gear Motor Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

1 2
38 36

3 16

36 B B
38 A A

25 A
17 B
31 C

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)


2. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
3. 2-Way Gear Motor Connector Body (blue)
4. 2-Way Gear Motor Connector (blue)
5. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TECU Ground Communication Signal


Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TECU Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

334 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of power and ground
A B supply.

1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 1. Key off.


occurrences, and timestamps from the Service
2. Set parking brake and chock wheels.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic
Procedure. 3. Load test each vehicle battery per OEM specifica-
tions. Record reading(s).
If either Fault Code 33 or 34 are Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure If any battery does not pass the Load Test,
Index on page 14. refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment of batteries. Go to Step V.
If Fault Code 63 is Active and Fault Code 33 or
34 are Inactive or not set, go to Step D. If all batteries pass the Load Test, go to Step
C.
If Fault Code 63 is Inactive and Fault Code 33
or 34 are Inactive or not set, go to Step B.

Battery Voltage Drop Load Test Status


(Pass/Fail)

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 335


Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
C locate intermittent failures. D
1. Set parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 63.
2. Place transmission in PD Mode. See more about If FMI 1, 5 or 12 set, go to Step E.
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode on page 6.
If FMI 6 set, replace TECU. Go to Step V.
Note: Transmission does not enter PD Mode when
Active fault codes exist.

3. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way


Vehicle Harness Connector at the TECU and vehicle
battery supply. Look for signs of rubbing or
chafing.
4. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way
Transmission Harness Connector at the TECU and
the black (X-Rail Motor) 2-Way Transmission
Harness Connector.
5. Wiggle wiring and connections between 38-Way
Connector at the TECU and the blue (Y-Gear Motor)
2-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
6. Exit PD Mode by powering down.
! Important: Allow 23 minutes for the TECU to per-
form a complete power-down sequence before pro-
ceeding.
If Fault Code 61 or 63 set Active immediately
and continuously after entering PD Mode, go
to Step D.
If any fault code sets Active while wiggling the
Vehicle Harness, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the OEM wiring. Go to
Step V.
If any fault code sets Active while wiggling the
Transmission Harness, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If no fault code set Active while wiggling either
harness, go to Step D.

336 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify proper resistance through the
E Transmission Harness and Gear Motor.
If readings are in range, go to Step F.
If any reading is out of range, go to Step H.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness Pins Range Reading(s)
Connector from the TECU.
36 to 38 10 ohms or less
3. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
36 to Ground Greater than 5k
4. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector ohms or Open
Pin 36 and Pin 38. Record reading(s) in table. Circuit (OL)

38 36

Purpose: Verify which FMI set.


F
38 36 1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 63.
If FMI 1 or 12 set, go to Step I.
If FMI 5 set, go to Step G.
5. Measure resistance between 38-Way Connector
Pin 36 and ground. Record reading(s) in table.

36

36

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 337


Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify internal circuit resistance of the
G TECU.
If readings are in range, replace X-Y Shifter. Go
to Step V.
If any reading is out of range, replace TECU.
1. Reconnect 38-Way Transmission Harness to Go to Step V.
the TECU.
2. Disconnect blue 2-Way Gear Motor Connector from
the Transmission Harness. Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Remove connector cover of the 4-Way Diagnostic
A to C 15k ohms or
Connector.
greater
4. Measure resistance between 2-Way Connector
Body Pin A and 4-Way Connector Pin C. Record C to A 15k ohms or
reading(s) in table. greater

C
A
A C

5. Reverse meter leads and take the same resistance


measurement between the 2-Way Connector Body
Pin A and the 4-Way Connector Pin C. Record
reading(s) in table.

C A
C A

338 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.


Purpose: Verify the resistance of the X-Y Gear
H Motor and verify motor is not shorted to ground.
If readings are in range, replace Transmission
Harness. Go to Step V.
If any reading is out of range, replace the XY
1. Key off. Shifter. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect blue 2-Way Gear Motor Connector from
the Transmission Harness.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Inspect 2-Way Connector body for damage and
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
A to B 10 ohms or less
4. Measure resistance between the blue 2-Way
Connector Pin A and Pin B. Record reading(s) in A to Ground Greater than 5k
table. ohms or Open
Circuit (OL)

B A
B A

5. Measure resistance between 2-Way Connector Pin


A and ground. Record reading(s) in table.

A
A

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 339


Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

6. Wiggle the harness during the Load Test from


Purpose: Load Test the vehicle power supply to the vehicle batteries to TECU.
I TECU. If issues are found with the power supply or
connectors, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
1. Key off. or replacement of OEM wiring and continue
Load Test.
2. Verify TECU battery power and ground supply from
the Vehicle Harness is connected properly and not If the power supply does not carry a load, refer
corroded, damaged or loose. to OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
OEM wiring. Go to Step V.
3. Disconnect 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
from TECU. If no issues are found with the power supply or
connectors and the power supply carries a
4. Inspect 38-Way Connector body for damage and load, go to Step J.
bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals.
5. Load test the Vehicle Power Supply Harness with
an external load source. Use a sealed beam
headlamp or blower motor attached to Pin 36
(power) and Pin 38 (ground). Load Test for
5 minutes to verify the harness will carry a load
with the 30-amp fuse installed.
Purpose: Verify which FMI set.
J
38 36
1. Determine which FMI set for Fault Code 63.
If FMI 1 set, contact Eaton at (800) 826-4357
for repair strategy.
If FMI 12 set, replace TECU. Go to Step V.

38 36

340 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.


V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
components are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
If Fault Code 63 sets Active during the test
drive, go to Step A.
If a fault code other than 63 sets, troubleshoot
per Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 14.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 341


Fault Code 63 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

342 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 64: Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)

Fault Code 64: Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)


J1587: MID 130 PID 34 FMI 2, 7, 12
J1939: SA 3 SPN 788 FMI 2, 7, 12

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive


The Fuller Advantage transmission is equipped with an FMI 2: No loss of battery and ground is detected for 2 sec-
Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) that controls the position onds.
of the clutch assembly. Power and ground to the ECA are
OEM-supplied through a 3-Way Connector directly con- FMI 7: Normal motor current is detected and ECA position
nected to the vehicle batteries. The ECA is connected to the is correct for 2 seconds.
TECU by an 8-Way Connector that is part of the transmis- FMI 12: No internal ECA failures are detected for 2 seconds.
sion harness. The ECA communicates with the TECU over
the High Integrity Link (HIL) to change position, show faults Possible Causes
or include other operation information. FMI 2, 12
Detection ECA Power Harness
The TECU monitors the ECA for excessive motor current, - Bent, spread, corroded or loose terminals
excessive motor temperature, incorrect motor position,
improper battery or ignition voltage to the ECA, or various - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
internal ECA malfunctions. open
ECA
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Internal failure
FMI 2 Data Erratic: ECA detects a loss of battery and/or
ground for 1 second or longer. FMI 7

FMI 7 Mechanical System Not Responding: ECA detects ECA Power Harness
excessive motor current or ECA detects incorrect clutch - Bent, spread corroded or loose terminals
position during a clutch position change for 1 second or - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
longer. open
FMI 12 Bad Intelligent Device: ECA detects an internal Mechanical Clutch System
failure for 1 second or longer. - Lack of lubrication of clutch release shaft/bush-
ings
Fallback
All FMIs - Lack of lubrication of clutch
- Damage to clutch release yoke or cross shaft
F flashes in gear display.
- Internal failure
Service light flashes (if equipped).
ECA
If the fault occurs at power up, engine cranks and
starts, but TECU will not engage a gear. - Internal failure

If the fault occurs while driving, ECA maintains cur-


rent clutch position or moves to the last position
commanded by the TECU. Transmission may con-
tinue to shift until vehicle is stopped.

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 343


Fault Code 64: Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA) | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Component Identification

1
3

5
6
6

1. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector


2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. ECA Shield
4. Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)
5. 8-Way ECA Connector
6. 3-Way ECA Power Supply Connector

344 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 2017.03.28


TRTS0980 Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 64: Electronic Clutch Actuator (ECA)

Eaton ECA Clutch


1. Clutch Wear Tab
2. Release Bearing
3. Release Bearing Grease Zerk

2017.03.28 2017 Eaton. All rights reserved 345


Fault Code 64 Troubleshooting | Fault Isolation Procedures TRTS0980

Fault Code 64 Troubleshooting


Purpose: Identify ECA installed on transmission. Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A B
1. Inspect ECA OEM Power Supply Connector, 1. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
reference image below. rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.